8502CT0401 - Motor Contactor and Starters

Catalog
January
2006
Heavy industrial power

applications
Motor contactors and starters
General contents
Heavy Industrial Power Applications

Motor Contactors and Starters
1 Contactors and Starters, Type S, NEMA Style
2 Combination Starters, Type S, NEMA Style
3 Solid-State Overload Relays
4 Definite Purpose Contactors
5 Lighting Contactors
6 Manual Starters and Switches
7 Accessories
8 Services
1/0
Contents
1 - Heavy Industrial Contactors and

Starters, Type S, NEMA Style
Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/2

b Contactors and starters
v General, characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/4
b Contactors, Class 8502
v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/6
b Reversing contactors, Class 8702
b Starters, Class 8536
b Reversing starters, Class 8736
b Contactors and starters
v Variants Motor Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/10
v Variants Motor Logic Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/11
v Variants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/12
v Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/14
1/1
Selection guide
Contactors and Starters
Type S, NEMA-style
Contactors and starters
531262
531259
531261
Type S NEMA Contactors and Starters

531260
Applications
NEMA Size
00
Continuous current
ratings
9A
18 A
27 A
45 A
1.5 hp/1.1 kW
1.5 hp/1.1 kW
2 hp/1.5 kW
2 hp/1.5 kW
3 hp/2.2 kW
3 hp/2.2 kW
5 hp/3.7 kW
5 hp/3.7 kW
7.5 hp/5.5 kW
7.5 hp/5.5 kW
10 hp/7.5 kW
10 hp/7.5 kW
10 hp/7.5 kW
15 hp/11 kW
25 hp/18.5 kW
25 hp/18.5 kW
Motor
200 V
230 V
460 V
575 V
Enclosures
- NEMA 1: General purpose
- NEMA 12: Dust-tight and
drip-tight for industrial use
Open
Contactors
8502 8502 8502

SAO SAG SBA
8502 8502 8502

SBO SBG SBA
8502 8502 8502

SCO SCG SCA
8502 8502 8502

SDO SDG SDA
Pages
1/6
1/6
1/6
1/6
Reversing contactors
8702 8702 8702

SAO SAG SBA
8702 8702 8702

SBO SBG SBA
8702 8702 8702

SCO SCG SCA
8702 8702 8702

SDO SDG SDA
Pages
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
Starters
8536 8536 8536

SAO SAG SBA
8536 8536 8536

SBO SBG SBA
8536 8536 8536

SCO SCG SCA
8536 8536 8536

SDO SDG SDA
Pages
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
Reversing starters
8736 8736 8736

SAO SAG SBA
8736 8736 8736

SBO SBG SBA
8736 8736 8736

SCO SCG SCA
8736 8736 8736

SDO SDG SDA
Pages
1/9
1/9
1/9
1/9
1/2
NEMA
1
NEMA
12
Open
NEMA
1
NEMA
12
Open
NEMA
1
NEMA
12
Open
NEMA
1
NEMA
12
531266
531266
531265
531264
531263
Type S NEMA Contactors and Starters
90 A
135 A
270 A
540 A
810 A
25 hp/18.5 kW
30 hp/22 kW
50 hp/37 kW
50 hp/37 kW
40 hp/30 kW
50 hp/37 kW
100 hp/75 kW
100 hp/75 kW
75 hp/55 kW
100 hp/75 kW
200 hp/150 kW
200 hp/150 kW
150 hp/110 kW
200 hp/150 kW
400 hp/300 kW
400 hp/300 kW
300 hp/220 kW
600 hp/450 kW
600 hp/450 kW
Open
NEMA
1
NEMA
12
Open
NEMA
1
NEMA
12
Open
NEMA
1
NEMA
12
Open
NEMA
1
NEMA
12
Open
NEMA
1
NEMA
12
8502 8502 8502

SEO SEG SEA
8502 8502 8502

SFO SFG SFA
8502 8502 8502

SGO SGG SGA
8502 8502 8502

SHO SHG SHA
8502 8502 8502

SJO SJG SJA
1/6
1/6
1/6
1/6
1/6
8702 8702 8702

SEO SEG SEA
8702 8702 8702

SFO SFG SFA
8702 8702 8702

SGO SGG SGA
8702 8702 8702

SHO SHG SHA
8702 8702 8702

SJO SJG SJA
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
8536 8536 8536

SEO SEG SEA
8536 8536 8536

SFO SFG SFA
8536 8536 8536

SGO SGG SGA
8536 8536 8536

SHO SHG SHA
8536 8536 8536

SJO SJG SJA
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
8736 8736 8736

SEO SEG SEA
8736 8736 8736

SFO SFG SFA
8736 8736 8736

SGO SGG SGA
8736 8736 8736

SHO SHG SHA
8736 8736 8736

SJO SJG SJA
1/9
1/9
1/9
1/9
1/9
1/3
General,
characteristics
Type S, NEMA-style
General
531007
531008
Full-voltage contactors
Class 8502 Type S magnetic contactors are used to switch heating loads,
capacitors, transformers and electric motors where overload protection is provided
separately. Class 8502 contactors are available in NEMA Sizes 00 to 7. Type S
contactors are designed for operation up to a 600 V, 50 to 60 Hz.
Full-voltage starters
Type SCO 2
Size 1, 3-pole contactor
Starter with
Motor Logic
solid-state overload relay
Class 8536 Type S magnetic starters are used for full-voltage starting and stopping
of a.c. squirrel-cage motors. Motor overload protection is provided via solid-state
overload relays. Type S starters are available in NEMA Sizes 00 to 7 and are
designed for operation up to a 600 V, 50 to 60 Hz.
531011
Full-voltage reversing contactors

531010
Class 8702 Type S reversing magnetic contactors are used for starting, stopping and
reversing a.c. motors where overload protection is provided separately. Class 8702
reversing contactors consist of two Class 8502 contactors mechanically and
electrically interlocked. Open-type devices, Sizes 0 to 5, are available in either
horizontal or vertical arrangements. Sizes 00, 6 and 7 are available as horizontal
only. Enclosed devices Size 00 to 7 use horizontally arranged components. Type S
reversing contactors are designed for operation up to a 600 V, 50 to 60 Hz.
Size 00, 0, 1
reversing contactor
(horizontal type)
Full-voltage reversing starters

Reversing starter with
Motor Logic
solid-state overload relay
(vertical type)
Class 8736 Type S reversing magnetic starters are used for full-voltage starting,
stopping and reversing of a.c. squirrel-cage motors. Class 8736 starters consist of
one Class 8502 contactor and one Class 8536 starter mechanically and electrically
interlocked. Open-type devices, Sizes 0 to 5, are available in either horizontal or
vertical arrangements. Sizes 00, 6 and 7 are available as horizontal only. Enclosed
devices use horizontally arranged components. Type S starters are designed for
operation up to a 600 V, 50 to 60 Hz.
Characteristics
Environment
Class
8502, 8536, 8702, 8736
Size
00
0
1
Rated insulation voltage
Conforming to UL, CSA
V
600
kV
5
Rated impulse withstand voltage
NEMA ICS-1, ICS-2, UL 508
Conforming to standards
Product certifications
Type S
Yes
UL
magnetic contactors
Yes
CSA
and starters
e
Yes
C
040
Ambient air temperature
Storage
around the device
C
040
Operation
Maximum operating altitude
Without derating
m
1300
90
Operating position (1)
Without derating
(1) 90 degrees possible in relation to normal vertical mounting plane.
References:
pages 1/6 to 1/13
1/4
Dimensions:
pages 1/14 to 1/17
10
18
No
Vertical
Characteristics (continued)
Type S, NEMA-style
Pole characteristics
Class
Size
Number of poles
3-pole devices
Rated operational voltage
Up to
Frequency limits
Of the operational current
Conventional rated thermal current
Rated making capacity
At 600 V
Rated breaking capacity
At 600 V
Permissible short time
Service limit current
rating
V
Hz
A
8502, 8536, 8702, 8736

00
0
1
3
600
50/60
9
18
27
10 x rated current
10 x rated current
11
21
32
1
2
45
90
135
270
540
810
52
104
156
311
621
932
676
47
700
46
15
14
17.3 - 32.3
9.6 - 18.7
5
4500
1260
89
1185
85
23.4
22
13.0- 43.9
11.2 -21.7
3
4500
1300
14
1300
14
13
13
40 - 60
50 - 75
2
180
1495 (1)
56 (1)
1780 (1)
48 (1)
27
32
57.0- 74.0
28.3 - 31.8
1.5
180
1960 (1)
59 (1)
36
43.8
54.3
0.5
180
#14
#1/0
Parallel groove
#8
#4
1 or 2,
1 to 4,
250kcmil 500kcmil 250
250
500 kcmil 500 kcmil
per phase per phase
a.c. control circuit characteristics

Class
Size
Rated control circuit voltage
Average consumption 50 Hz Inrush
Sealed
Average consumption 60 Hz Inrush
Sealed
Heat dissipation 50/60Hz
50 Hz
60 Hz
Operating time (2)
Closing "C"
Opening "O"
Mechanical life
In millions of op. cycles
Maximum operating rate (3) In op. cycles per hour
V
VA
VA
VA
VA
W
W
ms
ms
8502, 8536, 8702, 8736

00
0
1
2
600
N/A
232
232
296
N/A
26
26
36
165
245
245
311
33
27
27
37
N/A
7.7
7.7
12
6
7.8
7.8
14
9.1 - 23.2 8.4 - 20.1 8.4 - 20.1 14.6 - 27.6
5.29 - 15.9 2.4 - 15.9 2.4 - 15.9 16.3 - 22.8
6
10
10
10
9000
9000
9000
5400
Power circuit connections (connection via lug)

Type of lug
Wire sizes (Min./max.)
Solid or stranded copper

wire (AWG)
Screw clamp terminal

#14#8 #14#8 #14#8
Box lug
#14#4
Control circuit connections (connection via lug)

Type of lug

#16#12
wire (AWG)
(1) Size 6 and 7 have a d.c. coil. The values shown are for the a.c. input to the d.c. power supply that provides power to the coil.
(2) The closing time "C" is measured from the moment that the coil supply is switched on to the initial contact of the main poles. The opening time "O" is measured
from the moment that the coil supply is switched off to the moment that the main poles separate.
(3) Operating cycles are without a load (mechanical life).
References:
pages 1/6 to 1/13
Dimensions:
pages 1/14 to 1/17
1/5
References
Type S, NEMA-style
Contactors Class 8502
3-pole contactors
NEMA
Size
531007
8502 SCO 2 ppp
Standard power ratings of 3-phase

motors 50/60 Hz
Continuous
current
ratings
Enclosure
type (1)
Basic reference
Weight
Add code indicating
control circuit voltage
(2) and optional
variants (3)
Open
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8502 SAO 12 ppp

8502 SAG 12 ppp
8502 SBA 2 ppp
00
Motor volts
200 V
230 V
460 V
575 V
hp kW hp kW hp kW hp kW
1.5 1.1 1.5 1.1 2
1.5 2
1.5
2.2
2.2
3.7
3.7
18
Open
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8502 SBO 2 ppp

8502 SBG 2 ppp
8502 SBA 2 ppp
2 (4)
3 (7.5)
7 (15)
7.5
5.5
7.5
5.5
10
7.5
10
7.5
27
Open
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8502 SCO 2 ppp

8502 SCG 2 ppp
8502 SCA 2 ppp
2 (4)
3 (7.5)
7 (15)
10
7.5
15
11
25
18.5 25
18.5
45
Open
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8502 SDO 2 ppp

8502 SDG 2 ppp
8502 SDA 2 ppp
3 (6.75)
7 (14.5)
10 (22)
25
18.5 30
22
50
37
37
90
Open
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8502 SEO 2 ppp

8502 SEG 2 ppp
8502 SEA 2 ppp
6 (14)
15 (34)
29 (65)
40
30
50
37
100 75
135
Open
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8502 SFO 2 ppp

8502 SFG 2 ppp
8502 SFA 2 ppp
8 (18)
24 (52)
31 (69)
75
55
100 75
200 150 200 150
270
Open
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8502 SGO 2 ppp

8502 SGG 2 ppp
8502 SGA 2 ppp
20 (45)
65 (143)
72 (160)
150 110 200 150 400 300 400 300
540
Open
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8502 SHO 2 ppp

8502 SHG 2 ppp
8502 SHA 2 ppp
32 (80)
103 (226)
103 (228)
810
Open
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8502 SJO 2 ppp

8502 SJG 2 ppp
8502 SJA 2 ppp
61 (135)
154 (340)
196 (433)
50
100 75
300 220 600 450 600 450
A
9
(1) Open: no enclosure (O).

NEMA 1: General purpose enclosure (G).
NEMA 12: Dust-tight and drip-tight industrial-use enclosure (A).
(2) Standard control circuit voltage:
Volts
24
110
120
208
220
240
380
440
480
550
50 Hz
V02
V03
V05
V06
V07
60 Hz
V01
V02
V08
V03
V06
24 V and 120 V coils require the addition of form "S" for separate control. Example: 8502 SAO 12 V01S.
(3) For optional variants, see pages 1/10 to 1/13.
General, characteristics:
pages 1/4 and 1/5
1/6
Dimensions:
pages 1/14 to 1/17
600
V07
kg (lb)
2 (4)
3 (7.5)
7 (15)
References
Type S, NEMA-style
Reversing contactors Class 8702
3-pole reversing contactors

531010
NEMA
Size

motors 50/60 Hz
Continuous
current
ratings
Enclosure
type (1)
Basic reference
Weight
Add code indicating
(2) and optional
variants (3)
Open/Horizontal Type
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8702 SAO 4 ppp

8702 SAG 4 ppp
8702 SBA 4 ppp
kg (lb)
5 (12)
7 (16)
10 (23)
00
Motor volts
200 V
230 V
460 V
575 V
1.5 1.1 1.5 1.1 2
1.5 2
1.5
2.2
2.2
3.7
3.7
18
Open/Vertical Type
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8702 SBO 12 ppp

8702 SBO 4 ppp
8702 SBG 4 ppp
8702 SBA 4 ppp
5 (12)
5 (12)
7 (16)
10 (23)
7.5
5.5
7.5
5.5
10
7.5
10
7.5
27
Open/Vertical Type
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8702 SCO 7 ppp

8702 SCO 8 ppp
8702 SCG 8 ppp
8702 SCA 4 ppp
5 (12)
5 (12)
7 (16)
10 (23)
10
7.5
15
11
25
18.5 25
18.5
45
Open/Vertical Type
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8702 SDO 1 ppp

8702 SDO 2 ppp
8702 SDG 2 ppp
8702 SDA 1 ppp
7 (16)
7 (16)
11 (24)
14 (31)
25
18.5 30
22
50
37
37
90
Open/Vertical Type
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8702 SEO 1 ppp

8702 SEO 2 ppp
8702 SEG 2 ppp
8702 SEA 1 ppp
15 (35)
15 (35)
43 (95)
44 (96)
40
30
50
37
100 75
135
Open/Vertical Type
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8702 SFO 1 ppp

8702 SFO 3 ppp
8702 SFG 3 ppp
8702 SFA 1 ppp
20 (45)
20 (45)
43 (95)
44 (96)
75
55
100 75
200 150 200 150
270
Open/Vertical Type
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8702 SGO 1 ppp

8702 SGO 3 ppp
8702 SGG 3 ppp
8702 SGA 1 ppp
44 (98)
44 (98)
135 (298)
137 (302)
150 110 200 150 400 300 400 300
540
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8702 SHO 1 ppp

8702 SHG 1 ppp
8702 SHA 1 ppp
88 (195)
181 (400)
222 (490)
810
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8702 SJO 1 ppp

8702 SJG 1 ppp
8702 SJA 1 ppp
141 (310)
233 (514)
275 (607)
A
9
8702 SAO 4 ppp

(horizontal type)
50
100 75
300 220 600 450 600 450

Volts
24
110
120
208
220
240
380
440
480
550
50 Hz
V02
V03
V05
V06
V07
60 Hz
V01
V02
V08
V03
V06
24 V and 120 V coils require the addition of form "S" for separate control. Example: 8702 SAO 4 V01S.
pages 1/4 and 1/5
600
V07
Dimensions:
pages 1/14 to 1/17
1/7
References
Type S, NEMA-style
Starters Class 8536
3-pole starters
NEMA
Size
531008
8536 SAO 12 V02 H20

motors 50/60 Hz
Continuous
current
ratings
Enclosure
type (1)
Basic reference
Weight
Add code indicating
(2) and optional
variants (3) and H
code (4)
Open
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8536 SAO 12 (2) (3) (4)

8536 SAG 12 (2) (3) (4)
8536 SBA 2 (2) (3) (4)
00
Motor volts
200 V
230 V
460 V
575 V
1.5 1.1 1.5 1.1 2
1.5 2
1.5
A
9
2.2
2.2
3.7
3.7
18
Open
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8536 SBO 2 (2) (3) (4)

8536 SBG 2 (2) (3) (4)
8536 SBA 2 (2) (3) (4)
2 (4)
4 (8)
7 (16)
7.5
5.5
7.5
5.5
10
7.5
10
7.5
27
Open
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8536 SCO 3 (2) (3) (4)

8536 SCG 3 (2) (3) (4)
8536 SCA 3 (2) (3) (4)
2 (4)
3 (8)
7 (16)
10
7.5
15
11
25
18.5 25
18.5
45
Open
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8536 SDO 1 (2) (3) (4)

8536 SDG 1 (2) (3) (4)
8536 SDA 1 (2) (3) (4)
3 (6.75)
7 15.5)
10 (23)
25
18.5 30
22
50
37
37
90
Open
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8536 SEO 1 (2) (3) (4)

8536 SEG 1 (2) (3) (4)
8536 SEA 1 (2) (3) (4)
6 (14)
17 (37)
31 (68)
40
30
50
37
100 75
135
Open
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8536 SFO 1 (2) (3) (4)

8536 SFG 1 (2) (3) (4)
8536 SFA 1 (2) (3) (4)
8 (18)
25 (56)
33 (73)
75
55
100 75
200 150 200 150
270
Open
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8536 SGO 1 (2) (3) (4)

8536 SGG 1 (2) (3) (4)
8536 SGA 1 (2) (3) (4)
20 (45)
73 (160)
80 (177)
150 110 200 150 400 300 400 300
540
Open
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8536 SHO 2 (2) (3) (4)

32 (80)
8536 SHG 2 (2) (3) (4) 105 (231)
8536 SHA 2 (2) (3) (4) 106 (233)
810
Open
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8536 SJO 2 (2) (3) (4) 61 (135)

8536 SJG 2 (2) (3) (4) 130 (287)
8536 SJA 2 (2) (3) (4) 140 (309)
50
100 75
300 220 600 450 600 450

Volts
24
110
120
208
220
240
380
440
480
550
600
50 Hz
V02
V03
V05
V06
V07
60 Hz
V01
V02
V08
V03
V06
V07
24 V and 120 V coils require the addition of form "S" for separate control. Example: 8536 SAO 12 V01 H10S.
(4) To complete the "H" code for solid-state overload relays, see page 1/10.
pages 1/4 and 1/5
1/8
Dimensions:
pages 1/14 to 1/17
kg (lb)
2 (4)
3 (8)
7 (16)
References
Type S, NEMA-style
Reversing starters Class 8736
3-pole reversing starters

531011
NEMA
Size
8736 SAO 16 V02 H20

(vertical type)

motors 50/60 Hz
Continuous
current
ratings
Enclosure
type (1)
Basic reference
Weight
Add code indicating
(2) and optional
variants (3) and H
code (4)
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8736 SAO 16 (2) (3) (4)

8736 SAG 16 (2) (3) (4)
8736 SBA 4 (2) (3) (4)
kg (lb)
6 (13)
8 (17)
11 (24)
00
Motor volts
200 V
230 V
460 V
575 V
1.5 1.1 1.5 1.1 2
1.5 2
1.5
A
9
2.2
2.2
3.7
3.7
18
Open/Vertical Type
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8736 SBO 10 (2) (3) (4)

8736 SBO 4 (2) (3) (4)
8736 SBG 4 (2) (3) (4)
8736 SBA 4 (2) (3) (4)
6 (13)
6 (13)
8 (17)
11 (24)
7.5
5.5
7.5
5.5
10
7.5
10
7.5
27
Open/Vertical Type
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8736 SCO 7
8736 SCO 8
8736 SCG 8
8736 SCA 4
(2) (3) (4)

(2) (3) (4)
(2) (3) (4)
(2) (3) (4)
6 (13)
6 (13)
8 (17)
11 (24)
10
7.5
15
11
25
18.5 25
18.5
45
Open/Vertical Type
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8736 SDO 1
8736 SDO 2
8736 SDG 2
8736 SDA 1
(2) (3) (4)

(2) (3) (4)
(2) (3) (4)
(2) (3) (4)
8 (18)
8 (18)
11 (25)
15 (32)
25
18.5 30
22
50
37
37
90
Open/Vertical Type
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8736 SEO 1
8736 SEO 2
8736 SEG 2
8736 SEA 1
(2) (3) (4)

(2) (3) (4)
(2) (3) (4)
(2) (3) (4)
17 (38)
17 (38)
44 (98)
45 (99)
40
30
50
37
100 75
135
Open/Vertical Type
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8736 SFO 1
8736 SFO 3
8736 SFG 3
8736 SFA 1
(2) (3) (4)

(2) (3) (4)
(2) (3) (4)
(2) (3) (4)
22 (48)
22 (48)
44 (98)
45 (99)
75
55
100 75
200 150 200 150
270
Open/Vertical Type
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8736 SGO 1
8736 SGO 3
8736 SGG 3
8736 SGA 1
(2) (3) (4) 52 (115)

(2) (3) (4) 52 (115)
(2) (3) (4) 143 (315)
(2) (3) (4) 145 (319)
150 110 200 150 400 300 400 300
540
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8736 SHO 1 (2) (3) (4) 91 (200)

8736 SHG 1 (2) (3) (4) 184 (405)
8736 SHA 1 (2) (3) (4) 225 (495)
810
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8736 SJO 1 (2) (3) (4) 143 (315)

8736 SJG 1 (2) (3) (4) 236 (521)
8736 SJA 1 (2) (3) (4) 280 (618)
50
100 75
300 220 600 450 600 450

Volts
24
110
120
208
220
240
380
440
480
550
600
50 Hz
V02
V03
V05
V06
V07
60 Hz
V01
V02
V08
V03
V06
V07
24 V and 120 V coils require the addition of form "S" for separate control. Example: 8736 SAO 16 V01 H10S.
(4) To complete the "H" code for solid-state overload relays, see page 1/10.
pages 1/4 and 1/5
Dimensions:
pages 1/14 to 1/17
1/9
References,
associations
Type S, NEMA-style
Variants Motor Logic Overload Relay
Variants Motor Logic solid-state overload relays

Type
1
531123
Motor Logic
solid state
overload relays
(no additional
auxiliary contact)
Motor Logic
solid state
overload relays
(with additional
auxiliary contact)
For use on
Class
Enclosure
Type
8536,
Open,
8736
NEMA 1,
NEMA 12
8536,
8736
Open,
NEMA 1,
NEMA 12
H10
Description
Overload relay
range
Suffix to the
starter reference
(1)
Base unit, trip class 10
(2)
H10
(2)
H20
Feature unit
(2)
H30
(2)
H11
(2)
H21
Feature unit
(2)
H31
(1) Example: 8536 SAO 12 V01 H10.

(2) Standard current ranges, depending on contactor size:
Size
00
0
1
2
Current ranges A
39
618
927
1545
3
3090
4
40135
5
90270
Weight
kg (lb)
6
7
180540 270810
(3)
(4)
(3) Only available with feature unit.

(4) Only available with feature unit with auxiliary contact.
Associations
Contactor
Size
Trip type
00
Class 10
Class 20
Class 10/20
(selectable)
Class 10
Class 20
Class 10/20
(selectable)
Class 10
Class 20
Class 10/20
(selectable)
Class 10
Class 20
Class 10/20
(selectable)
Class 10
Class 20
Class 10/20
(selectable)
Class 10
Class 20
Class 10/20
(selectable)
Class 10
Class 20
Class 10/20
(selectable)
Motor Logic solid-state overload relays

No
With
No
With
auxiliary
auxiliary
auxiliary
auxiliary
contact
contact
contact
contact
Size 00C (39 A)
Size 00B (1.54.5 A)
H10
H11
H108
H118
H20
H21
H208
H218
H30
H31
H308
H318
No
auxiliary
contact
With
auxiliary
contact
Size 00C (39 A)

H109
H119
H209
H219
H309
H319
Size 00B (1.54.5 A)

H108
H118
H208
H218
H308
H318
Size 1 (927 A)
H10
H11
H20
H21
H30
H31
Size 0 (618 A)
H100
H110
H200
H210
H300
H310
Size 00C (39 A)

H109
H119
H209
H219
H309
H319
Size 00B (1.54.5 A)

H108
H118
H208
H218
H308
H318
Size 2 (1545 A)
H10
H11
H20
H21
H30
H31
Size 1 (927 A)
H101
H111
H201
H211
H301
H311
Size 0 (618 A)
H100
H110
H200
H210
H300
H310
Size 00C (39 A)

H109
H119
H209
H219
H309
H319
Size 3 (3090 A)
H10
H11
H20
H21
H30
H31
Size 4 (45135 A)
H10
H11
H20
H21
H30
H31
Size 3 (3090 A)
H103
H113
H203
H213
H303
H313
Size 5 (90270 A)
H10
H11
H20
H21
H30
H31
Not available
1/10
With
auxiliary
contact
Size 0 (618 A)
H10
H11
H20
H21
H30
H31
Available codes
pages 1/4 and 1/5
No
auxiliary
contact
Dimensions:
pages 1/14 to 1/17
No
auxiliary
contact
With
auxiliary
contact
Size 00B (1.54.5 A)
H308
H318
References (continued)
Type S, NEMA-style
Variants Motor Logic Plus overload relay
Variants Motor Logic Plus solid-state overload relays

Description
531202
Motor Logic
Plus
solid-state
overload relays
For use on
Class/
Enclosure
type
8536, 8736
Open type
Motor Logic
Plus current
ranges
A
0.52.3
29
627
1045
B20
2090
60135
120270
240540
Factory modification
Suffix to the
starter reference
(1)
No modification for 200480 V

B20
B24
B30
B34
B40
B44
B50
B54
B60
B64
B70
B74
B80
B84
B90
B94
Weight
kg (lb)
(1) Example: 8536 SAO 12 V01 B20S.
pages 1/4 and 1/5
Dimensions:
pages 1/14 to 1/17
1/11
References
Type S, NEMA-style
Variants
Variants Operators
Description
For use on
Class
Enclosure
type
Colour/Marking
Push buttons
8502, 8536
8702, 8736
Pilot lights
without operating interlock
(2)
8502, 8536, NEMA 1

8702, 8736
Push-to-test pilot lights

without operating interlock
(2)
8502, 8536, NEMA 12

8702, 8736
LED pilot lights
8502, 8536, NEMA 1

8702, 8736
Special wiring
8502, 8536, NEMA 1

8702, 8736
Selector switches
8502, 8536, NEMA 1,

8702, 8736 NEMA 12
8702, 8736 NEMA 1,
NEMA 12
"Start-Stop"
"Forward-Reverse-Stop"
"High-Low-Stop"
Red
Green
Amber
Clear
Red
Green
Amber
Clear
Yellow
Red
Green
Yellow
Red/"Off"
Green/"On"
"Hand-Off-Auto"
Suffix to the
contactor or
starter reference
(1)
A
A1
A2
P1
P2
P3
P4
P21
P22
P23
P24
P25
P51
P52
P55
P71
P72
C
"On-Off"
"Forward-Off-Reverse"
"Forward-Reverse"
C6
C14
C20
For use on
Class
Enclosure
type
Functions
8502, 8536, NEMA 1, 12

8702, 8736
8502, 8536, NEMA 1, 12
8702, 8736
Specify voltage and frequency
Suffix to the
contactor or
starter reference
(1)
S
One fuse
Two fuses
Fuses: 2 (primary), 0 (secondary)
Fuses: 1 (primary), 2 (secondary) (5)
100 VA additional capacity
F
F4
F4T (4)
FF4T
F1F10T
F4F10T
F4T11 (6)
F4T12 (6)
NEMA 1, 12
NEMA 1, 12
Weight
kg (lb)
Variants Transformers
Description
Separate control circuit

Fused control circuit
without transformer
Control circuit transformers
standard capacity (50/60 Hz)
(3)
8502, 8536, NEMA 1, 12

8702, 8736
Weight
kg (lb)
Additional capacity
8502, 8536, NEMA 1, 12
(50/60 Hz) Two fuses in primary 8702, 8736
(3)
8502, 8536, NEMA 1, 12
FF4T11
Additional capacity
(50/60 Hz) Two fuses in primary 8702, 8736
and one fuse in secondary (3)
(1) Example: 8536 SAG 12 V01 A P1 P2. All suffixes are listed in alphanumeric order after the voltage code.
(2) Unless otherwise requested, the standard practice is to wire the red pilot light to indicate that the device is energized. No
additional auxiliary contact is required. Also, standard practice is to wire the green pilot light to indicate that the device is deenergized. An additional normally closed auxiliary contact is required; please consult your regional sales office.
(3) Control circuit transformer selection table:
Primary-secondary
120-24 (7) 208-120 240-24 (7) 240-120 277-120 480-24 (7) 480-120 480-240 600-120
60 Hz
V89
V84
V82
V80
V85
V83
V81
V87
V86
Example: 8536 SAG 12 V81 F4T A P1 P2.
(4) Not available with 24 V secondary on Size 3. Select appropriate transformer with secondary fuse protection. See transformer
selection table.
(5) Single phase with one leg earthed, or earthed 3-phase applications only.
(6) Not available with 24 V secondary. Select appropriate transformer with secondary fuse protection. See transformer selection
table for 24 V secondary restrictions.
(7) 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 47.
pages 1/4 and 1/5
1/12
Dimensions:
pages 1/14 to 1/17
Type S, NEMA-style
Variants
Variants Auxiliary contacts

Description
Number of contacts
Suffix to the
Weight
contactor or
kg (lb)
Forward
Reverse
starter reference
contactor
contactor
N/O
N/C
N/O
N/C
Auxiliary contacts
8502, 8536 NEMA 1,
1
X01
for non-reversing contactors and

NEMA 12
2
X02
non-reversing starters
3
X03
(1)
4
X04
X10
1
X11
2
X12
3
X13
X20
1
X21
2
X22
X30
1
X31
X40
X1000
Auxiliary contacts standard 8702, 8736 NEMA 1,

NEMA 12
no additional auxiliary
X0100
contacts
2
X2000
for reversing contactors and

1
1
X1100
reversing starters
X0200
X0010
X1010
1
1
X0110
X2010
1
1
1
X1110
2
1
X0210
1
X0001
1
X1001
1
X0101
1
X2001
1
1
1
X1101
1
X0201
X0020
X1020
1
2
X0120
X2020
1
1
2
X1120
2
2
X0220
1
1
X0011
1
1
X1011
1
1
1
X0111
1
1
X2011
1
1
1
1
X1111
2
1
1
X0211
2
X0002
2
X1002
2
X0102
2
X2002
1
1
2
X1102
2
X0202
(1) Maximum number of external auxiliary units (in addition to holding circuit contact):
Class 8502/8536/8702/8736
Maximum number
pppp SA
4 N/O or N/C, if second internal auxiliary contact is not used
pppp SB/SC/SD
4 N/O or N/C
2 N/O or N/C plus 1 power-pole adder (single- or 2-pole, N/O or N/C)
1 attached timer plus 1 power-pole adder (single- or 2-pole, N/O or N/C) plus 1 auxiliary contact
pppp SE/SF/SG
4 N/O or N/C
(Size 3 and Size 4)
pppp SE/SF/SG
2 N/O or N/C plus 1 NEMA Size 01 or Size 2 power-pole adder (single- or 2-pole, N/O or N/C)
(Size 5)
pppp SH/SJ
4 N/O or N/C
pages 1/4 and 1/5
For use on
Class
Enclosure
type
Dimensions:
pages 1/14 to 1/17
1/13
Dimensions
0
Type S, NEMA-style
Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch)
Contactors 8502 SpO (Open)
8502 SAO
8502 SBO
8502 SCO
8502 SDO
8502 SEO
8502 SFO
8502 SGO
8502 SHO
8502 SJO
A
81.5
81.5
81.5
125.2
138.7
152.4
220.0
267.7
267.7
B
110.2
110.2
110.2
130.2
180.1
207.8
312.7
712.7
946.2
C
106.9
106.9
106.9
125.2
165.1
165.1
222.3
228.6
276.1
D
41.3
41.3
41.3
54.6
47.6
52.3
82.6
89.7
89.7
E
41.3
41.3
41.3
54.6
89.7
99.8
147.6
185.7
185.7
F
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
7.9
7.9
15.9
128.5
183.1
G
99.8
99.8
99.8
116.6
153.2
177.8
282.6
471.4
568.3
13.5
82.6
91.2
120.7
120.7
120.7
26.9
120.7
134.9
184.2
184.2
184.2
8536 SAO
8536 SBO
8536 SCO
8536 SDO
8536 SEO
8536 SFO
8536 SGO
8536 SHO
8536 SJO
A
81.5
81.5
81.5
109.5
138.7
152.4
217.4
313.4
313.4
B
168.3
168.3
168.3
198.4
281.7
327.0
446.0
712.7
946.2
C
106.9
106.9
106.9
125.2
165.1
165.1
222.3
228.6
276.2
D
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
22.2
46.0
120.7
120.7
120.7
E
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
44.5
44.5
184.2
184.2
184.2
F
37.3
37.3
37.3
52.3
91.2
99.8
136.5
146.8
146.8
G
5.1
5.1
5.1
5.2
7.9
7.9
15.9
128.5
183.1
H
158.8
158.8
158.8
186.4
258.6
284.0
415.9
471.4
568.3
I
100.6
100.6
100.6
103.1
196.9
146.1
152.4
220.5
228.6
A
D
H
I
Starters 8536 SpO (Open)

A
F
RESET
D
E
Contactors and starters 8502/8536 SpG (NEMA 1 General purpose enclosure)

A
Pilot
Light
D
K
152.4
152.4
152.4
198.4
290.3
254.0
254.0
254.0
322.1
554.0
8502/8536 SAG
8502/8536 SBG
8502/8536 SCG
8502/8536 SDG
8502/8536 SEG
A
C
RESET
C
8502
134.1
134.1
134.1
153.2
203.2
C
8536
141.2
141.2
141.2
160.3
212.7
76.2
76.2
76.2
22.2
22.2
22.2
32.5
38.9
206.4
206.4
206.4
266.7
476.3
25.4
25.4
25.4
27.7
38.9
23.6
23.6
23.6
27.7
38.9
104.8
104.8
104.8
142.9
212.7
127.0
127.0
127.0
146.1
196.9
27.7
38.9
142.9
212.7
G
H
I Dia.
Mounting Holes
8502/8536 SFG 285.8

8502/8536 SGG 437.1
C
8502
639
228.6
1122.9 325.4
C
8536
228.6
328.4
218.2
330.2
31.8
54.0
31.8
54.0
566.7 36.3
1016.0 54.0
E
279.4
F
G
1638.3 60.3
RESET
H
E
A
B
8502/8536 SHG 1670.1 513.3
8502/8536 SJG 2362.2 876.3
E
H
A
F
pages 1/4 and 1/5
1/14
References:
pages 1/6 to 1/13
C
333.4
596.9
H
139.7
I
11
14
Dimensions (continued)
0
Type S, NEMA-style
Contactors and starters 8502/8536 SpG F4T (NEMA 1 General purpose enclosure with suffix F4T)
H Dia.
Mounting Holes
(1)
8502/8536
SBG ppp F4T
8502/8536
SCG ppp F4T
D
A
(1)
I Dia.
Mounting Holes
H
RESET
H
D
C
C
D
E
8502 8536
161.0 403.2 127.0 141.2 118.1 21.3
365.1 19.1
7.1
161.0 403.2 127.0 141.2 118.1 21.3
365.1 19.1
7.1
C
8502
192
C
D
E
8536
194.3 323.9 26.9
8502/8536
377.8 358.8
26.9
304.8 26.9
SDG ppp F4T
8502/8536
461.0 740.4 235.0 235.0 393.7 35.1
35.1
673.1 33.5
SFG ppp F4T
(1) For other products with form F4T:
8502/8536 SEG ppp F4T uses 9070 GO transformer (see dimensions page 1/14).
8502/8536 SHG ppp F4T and 8502/8536 SJG ppp F4T are supplied as standard.
7.9
10.9
Contactors and starters 8502/8536 SpA (NEMA 12 Dust-tight enclosure)
A
E
F C
H
90.4
90.4
90.4
114.3
114.3
137.2
163.3
I
311.2
311.2
390.5
678.4
678.4
719.1
784.2
J
7.9
7.9
7.9
10.9
10.9
14.2
17.3
(1)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
8502/8536 SBA ppp F4T 301.6 203.2 342.9 71.4 171.5 323.9 9.5 99.1
8502/8536 SCA ppp F4T 301.6 203.2 342.9 71.4 171.5 323.9 9.5 99.1
8502/8536 SDA ppp F4T 377.8 206.4 406.4 65.0 247.7 381.0 9.5 92.7
8502/8536 SEA ppp F4T 461.0 242.8 800.1 78.0 304.8 774.7 12.7 114.3
8502/8536 SFA ppp F4T 461.0 242.8 800.1 78.0 304.8 774.7 12.7 114.3
8502/8536 SGA ppp F4T 437.1 341.1 1193.8 104.8 228.6 1168.4 12.7 137.2
(1) 8502/8536 SHA ppp F4T and 8502/8536 SJA ppp F4T are supplied as standard.
I
466.7
466.7
546.1
678.4
678.4
719.1
J
7.9
7.9
7.9
10.9
10.9
14.2
8502/8536 SBA
8502/8536 SCA
8502/8536 SDA
8502/8536 SEA
8502/8536 SFA
8502/8536 SGA
8502/8536 SHA
8502/8536 SJA
A
161.9
161.9
206.4
461.0
461.0
437.1
513.3
876.3
B
216.7
216.7
235.7
242.8
242.8
341.1
330.2
596.9
C
323.9
323.9
406.4
800.1
800.1
1193.8
1651.0
2362.2
D
39.6
39.6
39.6
78.0
78.0
104.8
104.8
E
82.6
82.6
127.0
304.8
304.8
228.6
304.8
F
304.8
304.8
381.0
774.7
774.7
1168.4
1625.6
G
9.5
9.5
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
J Dia.
Mounting Holes
Contactors and starters 8502/8536 SpA F4T (NEMA 12 Dust-tight enclosure with suffix F4T)
A
E
F C
J Dia.
Mounting Holes
pages 1/4 and 1/5
References:
pages 1/6 to 1/13
1/15
Dimensions
0
Type S, NEMA-style
Reversing contactors and reversing starters
Reversing contactors and reversing starters 8702 SpO/8736 SJO (Open)
A
D
E
G
H B
Reference/Mounting (1)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
8702 SAO/Horizontal
181.0
127.0
134.9
86.4
11.7
110.2
4.6
139.7
8702 SBO/Horizontal
181.0
127.0
134.9
86.4
11.7
110.2
4.6
139.7
8702 SBO/Vertical
138.7
233.9
134.9
127.8
5.3
15.5
203.2
15.5
127.8
8702 SCO/Horizontal
181.0
127.0
134.9
86.4
11.7
110.2
4.6
139.7
8702 SCO/Vertical
138.7
233.9
134.9
127.8
5.3
15.5
203.2
15.5
127.8
8702 SDO/Horizontal
228.6
174.6
153.2
114.3
9.5
142.9
6.4
152.4
8702 SDO/Vertical
171.5
288.9
153.2
158.8
6.4
12.7
263.5
12.7
158.8
8702 SEO/Horizontal
322.8
202.2
177.8
298.5
12.2
12.2
177.8
12.2
298.5
8702 SEO/Vertical
182.9
482.6
177.8
158.8
12.2
25.7
431.8
24.9
158.8
8702 SFO/Horizontal
362.0
296.7
177.8
336.6
12.7
12.7
203.2
46.7
336.6
8702 SFO/Vertical
202.2
607.1
177.8
177.8
12.2
46.0
514.4
30.0
177.8
8702 SGO/Horizontal
490.5
411.0
238.1
457.2
16.5
26.2
355.6
29.2
457.2
8702 SGO/Vertical
273.1
864.6
238.1
241.3
15.9
31.8
812.8
29.2
241.3
8702 SHO/Horizontal
568.3
712.2
241.6
457.2
15.9
97.2
538.0
77.0
457.2
8702 SJO/Horizontal
616.0
946.2
350.8
501.7
38.4
762.0
8736 SJO/Horizontal
616.0
946.2
350.8
501.7
38.4
762.0
(1) Vertical type design differs from that shown on the corresponding NEMA size horizontal type figure, but dimensions listed apply to that figure.
K
22.9
22.9
5.3
22.9
5.3
38.1
6.4
12.2
12.2
12.7
12.2
16.5
15.9
19.4
Reversing contactors and reversing starters 8736 SpO (Open)

A
D
F
G
H
I
B
RESET
Reference/Mounting (1)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
8736 SAO/Horizontal
181.0
175.3
134.9
86.4
11.9
110.2 157.7 115.1 128.5 16.7
8736 SBO/Horizontal
181.0
175.3
134.9
86.4
11.9
110.2 157.7 115.1 128.5 16.7
8736 SBO/Vertical
138.9
292.4
134.9 127.8 5.3
15.5
203.2 271.8 63.8
128.5 5.3
8736 SCO/Horizontal
181.0
175.3
134.9
86.4
11.9
110.2 157.7 115.1 128.5 16.7
8736 SCO/Vertical
138.9
292.4
134.9 127.8 5.3
15.5
203.2 271.8 63.8
128.5 5.3
8736 SDO/Horizontal
228.6
215.9
153.2
114.3 9.5
142.9 190.5 127.0 131.0 38.1
8736 SDO/Vertical
171.5
342.4
153.2 158.8 6.4
19.8
263.5 329.2 79.4
131.0 6.4
8736 SEO/Horizontal
322.8
297.4
177.8 298.5 12.2
12.2
273.1 273.1 298.5 158.8 12.2
8736 SEO/Vertical
185.7
565.2
177.8 158.8 12.2
25.7
527.1
158.8 158.8 12.2
8736 SFO/Horizontal
362.0
370.6
177.8 336.6 12.7
46.7
311.2 311.2 336.6 158.8 12.7
8736 SFO/Vertical
202.2
662.4
177.8 177.8 12.2
46.7
622.3
102.6 158.8 12.2
8736 SGO/Horizontal
490.5
530.9
238.1 457.2 16.5
32.5
482.6 482.6 457.2 168.3 15.9
8736 SGO/Vertical
273.1
994.4
238.1 241.3 16.5
32.5
946.2 946.2 241.3 168.3 15.9
8736 SHO/Horizontal
568.3
712.2
241.6 457.2 17.3
97.2
538.0 77.0
457.2 19.4
(1) Vertical type design differs from that shown on the corresponding NEMA size horizontal type figure, but dimensions listed apply to that figure.
pages 1/4 and 1/5
1/16
References:
pages 1/6 to 1/13
127.8
127.8
152.4
298.5
158.8
336.6
177.8
457.2
241.3
0
Type S, NEMA-style
Reversing contactors and reversing starters
Reversing contactors and reversing starters 8702/8736 SpG (NEMA 1 General purpose enclosure)
I Dia.
Mounting Holes
RESET
8702/8736 SAG
8702/8736 SBG
8702/8736 SCG
8702/8736 SDG
8702/8736 SEG
8702/8736 SFG
8702/8736 SGG
8702/8736 SHG
8702/8736 SJG
301.6
301.6
301.6
377.8
461.0
461.0
894.3
919.7
876.3
301.6
301.6
301.6
358.8
740.6
740.6
1173.7
1582.7
2362.2
C
8702
188.0
188.0
188.0
192.0
235.0
235.0
325.4
494.3
596.9
C
8736
191.3
191.3
191.3
194.3
235.0
235.0
328.4
494.3
596.9
247.7
247.7
247.7
323.9
393.7
393.7
787.4
26.9
26.9
26.9
26.9
33.7
33.7
53.3
26.9
26.9
26.9
26.9
33.7
33.7
53.3
247.7
247.7
247.7
304.8
673.1
673.1
1066.8
26.9
26.9
26.9
26.9
33.7
33.7
53.3
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
11.1
11.1
14.2
I
460.4
460.4
539.8
678.4
678.4
678.4
678.4
1165.2
1165.2
J
7.9
7.9
7.9
10.9
10.9
10.9
10.9
14.2
14.2
Reversing contactors and reversing starters 8702/8736 SpA (NEMA 12 Dust-tight enclosure)
A
E
FC
G
J Dia.
Mounting Holes
(1)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
8702/8736 SBA
301.6
196.9
349.3
65.0
171.5
323.9
12.7
92.7
8702/8736 SCA
301.6
196.9
349.3
65.0
171.5
323.9
12.7
92.7
8702/8736 SDA
377.8
200.0
406.4
65.0
247.7
381.0
12.7
92.7
8702 SEA
461.2
235.0
800.1
78.0
304.8
774.7
12.7
93.5
8736 SEA
461.0
242.8
800.1
78.0
304.8
774.7
12.7
114.3
8702 SFA
461.2
235.0
800.1
78.0
304.8
774.7
12.7
93.5
8736 SFA
461.0
242.8
800.1
78.0
304.8
774.7
12.7
114.3
8702 SGA
889.5
333.4
1244.6
104.8
685.8
1219.2
12.7
134.9
8736 SGA
889.5
353.8
1244.6
104.8
685.8
1219.2
12.7
155.6
8702/8736 SHA
919.7
494.3
1580.1
8702/8736 SJA
876.3
596.9
2362.2
(1) Standard enclosure has space for a fused control transformer, suffix F4T, on 8702/8736 SBA, 8702/8736 SCA, 8702/8736 SDA.
pages 1/4 and 1/5
References:
pages 1/6 to 1/13
1/17
2/0
Contents
2 - Heavy Industrial Combination

Starters, Type S, NEMA-Style
Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/2

b Starters with disconnect switch or circuit breaker
b Starters with fusible disconnect switch, Class 8538
with Class H fuse clips and solid-state overload relay
b Starters with fusible disconnect switch, Class 8538

with Class R fuse clips
b Starters with Mag-Gard circuit breaker, Class 8539
b Starters with thermal-magnetic circuit breaker, Class 8539
v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/10
b Starters with non-fusible disconnect switch, Class 8538
b Starters with fusible disconnect switch and Class H fuse clips
Class 8538
b Starters with fusible disconnect switch (Class R fuse clips)
and solid-state overload relay, Class 8538
v Associations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/14
b Starters with fusible disconnect switch and solid-state overload relay,
Class 8538
b Starters with Mag-Gard circuit breaker, Class 8539
and solid-state overload relay
b Starters with thermal-magnetic circuit breaker
b Accessories
v Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/20
b Starters with disconnect switch or circuit breaker
2/1
Selection guide
Combination Starters
Type S, NEMA-style starters with

Disconnect switch or circuit breaker
NEMA Size
3 hp/2.2 kW
3 hp/2.2 kW
5 hp/3.75 kW
5 hp/3.75 kW
7.5 hp/5.5 kW
7.5 hp/5.5 kW
10 hp/7.5 kW
10 hp/7.5 kW
10 hp/7.5 kW
15 hp/11 kW
25 hp/18.5 kW
25 hp/18.5 kW
531119
Type S NEMA combination starters

531120
Applications
Standard motor power

ratings 50/60 Hz
(1)
200 V (208 V)
230 V (240 V)
460 V (480 V)
575 V (500 V)
Motor voltage (starter voltage)
Enclosures
- NEMA 1: General purpose
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
Fusible disconnectswitch starters

Class H fuse clips
8538
SBG 1p
8538
SBA pp
8538
SCG 1p
8538
SCA pp
8538
SDG 1p
8538
SDA pp
Pages
2/6

Class R fuse clips
8538
SBG 3 p
Pages
2/7
Non-fusible disconnectswitch starters
8538
SBG 11
Pages
2/12
Circuit-breaker starters
8539
SBG 4p
Pages
2/8 and 2/9
Thermal-magnetic circuitbreaker starters
8539
SBG p
- NEMA 12: Dust-tight for

industrial use
Pages
2/2
2/6
8538
SBA pp
8538
SCG 3 p
2/6
8538
SCA pp
2/7
8538
SBA p1
8538
SCG 11
8539
SCG 4p
8538
SCA p1
8539
SCG p
8538
SDG 11
8538
SDA p1
2/12
8539
SCA pp
2/8 and 2/9
8539
SBA pp
8538
SDA pp
2/7
2/12
8539
SBA pp
8538
SDG 3 p
8539
SDG 4p
8539
SDA pp
2/8 and 2/9
8539
SCA pp
8539
SDG p
2/10 and 2/11

2/10 and 2/11
2/10 and 2/11
(1) For circuit-breaker starters and thermal-magnetic circuit-breaker starters, see pages 2/8 to 2/11.
8539
SDA pp
531269
531269
531120
531119
Type S NEMA combination starters
25 hp/18.5 kW
30 hp/22 kW
50 hp/37 kW
50 hp/37 kW
40 hp/30 kW
50 hp/37 kW
100 hp/75 kW
100 hp/75 kW
75 hp/55 kW
100 hp/75 kW
200 hp/150 kW
200 hp/150 kW
150 hp/110 kW
200 hp/150 kW
400 hp/300 kW
400 hp/300 kW
300 hp/220 kW
600 hp/450 kW
600 hp/450 kW
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
NEMA 1
NEMA 1
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
8538
SEG 1p
8538
SEA pp
8538
SFG 1p
8538
SFA pp
8538
8538
SGG 1p SGA pp
8538
8538
SHG 1p SHA pp
NEMA 12
NEMA 12
2/6
2/6
2/6
2/6
8538
8538
SEG 3 p SEA pp
8538
8538
SFG 3 p SFA pp
8538
8538
SGG 3 p SGA pp
8538
8538
SHG 3 p SHA pp
2/7
2/7
2/7
2/7
8538
8538
SGG 11 SGA p1
8538
8538
SHG 11 SHA p1
2/12
2/12
8539
8539
SGG 4p SGA pp
8539
8539
SHG 4p SHA pp
8539
SJG 4p
2/8 and 2/9
2/8 and 2/9
2/8 and 2/9
8538
SEG 11
8538
SEA p1
2/12
8539
SEG 4p
2/10 and 2/11
8538
SFA p1
2/12
8539
SEA pp
2/8 and 2/9
8539
SEG p
8538
SFG 11
8539
SFG 4p
8539
SFA pp
2/8 and 2/9
8539
SEA pp
8539
SFG p
2/10 and 2/11
8539
SFA pp
8539
SGG p
2/10 and 2/11
8539
SGA pp
8539
SHG p
2/10 and 2/11
8539
SHA pp
8539
SJG p
8539
SJA 5p
8539
SJA pp
2/10 and 2/11
2/3
General,
characteristics

General
Class 8538 and 8539 Type S combination starters combine the requirements of
motor overload and short-circuit protection into one package. These starters are
manufactured in accordance with NEMA standards and are UL listed. They are
designed to operate up to a 600 V maximum, 50 to 60 Hz, and are available with
solid-state overload relays.
Square D is one of the leaders in North America and Europe in providing starters that
are verified by UL to comply with IEC 947-4-1 and Type 2 coordination. This means
that the components of a motor branch circuit protective device (fuses and circuitbreaker), contactor and overload relay will be suitable for further use following a
short-circuit fault allowing for replacement of components during normal scheduled
maintenance. Class 8538 Type S combination starters, Sizes 05, with fusible
disconnect switches, meet Type 2 performance criteria.
531043
Disconnect-switch starters
Features:
b Interchangeable fuse clips, straight through wiring, solid earth/ground bar, space
for a fused control transformer, provisions for adding disconnect switch electrical
interlock, handle mechanism/door closing mechanism.
Switch-type combination starters are available with fusible or non-fusible disconnect
switches in NEMA Sizes 06. The switch itself is constructed of a moulded, insulated
material that delivers arc-quenching performance similar to that of high voltage
switch-gear. The visible blade construction allows you to confirm the blade position
at a glance. Many industries have standardized on this feature.
Sizes 02, non-fusible assemblies can be field converted to fusible designs easily
and quickly. Factory-built fusible units accept the industry-standard Class H or R
fuses. The various units have specific UL-listed short-circuit withstand ratings that
range from 5000 to 100 000 A. Specific ratings are influenced by many components
including the size of the disconnect switch and the type of fuses used with the switch.
Features:
b Handle mechanism, door closing mechanism.
531042
Fusible disconnect-switch combination starter
Options:
b Factory-installed auxiliary switch (provides remote indication of an open or tripped
breaker), factory-supplied alarm switch (actuates bell alarms or warning light when
breaker is tripped).
Square D provides both a thermal-magnetic circuit-breaker and a motor circuit
protector in NEMA Sizes 07 for applications requiring a breaker-type combination
starter. The most widely used over-current protection devices are thermal-magnetic
circuit-breakers. Mag-Gard motor circuit protectors are similar in construction, but
provide only short-circuit protection. When Mag-Gard devices are used with motor
starters, the adjustable instantaneous trip provides maximum motor protection based
on specific amperage and application.
Type S combination starters using thermal-magnetic breakers carry a UL-listed
short-circuit withstand rating from 5000 to 30 000 A. If a Mag-Gard Type GJL breaker
is used, withstand ratings increase to 100 000 A. Specific ratings and listings may
vary depending on the specific combination of components used in the assembly.
Circuit-breaker combination starter
Characteristics
Environment
Class
Size
Class H or Class K fuses
Class R fuses
ITE circuit-breaker (FAL, KAL, LAL, MAL)
ITE circuit-breaker (GJL)
INST circuit-breaker (FAL, KAL, LAL, MAL)
INST circuit-breaker (GJL)
References:
pages 2/6 to 2/21
2/4
Dimensions:
pages 2/22 and 2/23
8538
0
1
8539
0
1
600
kV
kV
kV
kV
kV
kV
5
10
18
100
10
65
22 (1)
100 (2)
UL, CSA
(1) 22 kV rating for 0480 V. 10 kV rating for 600 V.
600
22
30 (3)

Electrical characteristics
UL-listed short-circuit ratings
Size
NEMA fuse class
Enclosure (1)
Available Ampere RMS symmetrical
NEMA fuse class
Enclosure (1)
Enclosure (1)
Thermal-magnetic circuit-breaker starters

Enclosure (1)
0
1
8538 SpG 1p/SpA
Class H
Standard
5000
8538 SpG 3p/SpA
Class R
Standard
100 000
8539 SpG 4p/SpA
Standard
With GJL
circuit-breaker:
100 000
(voltage 0480 V)
10 000
(voltage 481600 V)
10 000
18 000
With GJL
22 000
circuit-breaker:
100 000
(voltage 0480 V)
10 000
(voltage 481600 V)
22 000
(8539 SGG 4p S8
and
8539 SDA pp S8)
8538 SpG p/SpA

Standard
5000
30 000
(voltage 0480 V)
22 000
(voltage 481600 V)
10 000
18 000 30 000
(voltage 0480 V)
22 000
(voltage 481600 V)
Mag-Gard trip range

Circuit-breaker
Suffix number/trip range
GJL/FAL/KAL/LAL/MAL ppppp Mpp

M01 = 933
25M = 6251250
M02 = 2177
26M = 7501500
M03 = 45165
29M = 8751750
M04 = 90330
30M = 10002000
M05 = 150550
31M = 11252250
M06 = 225825
32M = 12502500
18M = 3001100
33M = 15003000
35M = 17503500
36M = 20004000
40M = 25005000
42M = 30006000
44M = 35007000
Terminals
Size
Type
Type of lug
Wire Switch
size Circuitmin. breaker
max.
0
1
2
Line terminals on disconnect switch
Box lug
#14#1/0 Cu/Al
#14#4 Cu (2)
#14#1/0 Cu or
#12#4 Al or
#12#1/0 Al
#14#1/0 Cu
#14#1 Cu/#81/0 Al
#12#1/0 Al
(GJL Breaker)
#14#1 Cu/#8#1/0
Al (GJL Breaker)
Type
Type of lug
Power terminals on magnetic starter

Screw
Box lug
clamp
terminal
#14#8 Cu
#14#4 Cu
Wire Size
min.
max.
1 or 2
Per
terminal
Type
Type of lug
Wire Size
min.max.
Per
terminal
#14#2 Cu
#10#2 Al (FA Brkr)
#4300 MCM Cu/Al
(KA Breaker)
#14#1 Cu/#8#1/0
Al (GJL Breaker)
#6300 MCM Cu/Al One #4500 MCM Cu

#14#1/0 Cu
#4300 MCM Cu/Al
#12#1/0 Al (LA Brkr) (KA Breaker)
#4300 MCM Cu/Al x1 #1600 MCM or
(KA Breaker)
x2 #1250 MCM
Cu/Al (LA Breaker)
x1 #1600 MCM or x3 #3/0500 MCM

x2 #1250 MCM
Cu/Al
Cu/Al (LA Breaker) or
x3 #3/0500 MCM
Cu/Al (MA Breaker)
Parallel groove
#14#0 Cu
#8250 MCM Cu
#4500 MCM Cu
Control terminals on magnetic starter

#16#12 Cu
250500 MCM Cu
(3)
250500 MCM Cu
1 or 2
14
#16#12 Cu (4)
#16#12 Cu
2
(1) Standard enclosure includes non-oversize NEMA 1 and 12.
(2) Use on FAL circuit-breakers rated 25 A or less.
(3) Order Class 9999 Type SAL-16 parts kit to convert power terminals to accept wire sizes 1/0300 MCM.
(4) Terminal block range limited to #16#14.
References:
pages 2/6 to 2/21
Dimensions:
pages 2/22 and 2/23
2/5
References

Fusible disconnect switch, Class 8538
with Class H fuse clips and solid-state overload relay
3-pole fusible full-voltage starters, non-reversing (Class H fuse clips)
531043
NEMA Size
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz
Motor volts (1)

200 V (208 V) 230 V (240 V) 460 V (480 V) 575 V (600 V)
hp
kW
hp
kW
hp
kW
hp
kW
Fuse
clip
size
External Basic reference

Weight
reset
Add code indicating
(2), optional variants (3)
and H code (4)
kg (lb)
NEMA 1 general purpose enclosure
0
1
8538 SBG 12 ppp
4
5
6
7.5
10
20
25
40
75
150
2.2
3.75
5.5
7.5
15
18.5
30
55
110
7.5
15
25
30
50
100
200
2.2
3.75
5.5
11
18.5
22
37
75
150
10
15
25
50
100
200
400
3.75
7.5
11
18.5
37
75
150
300
10
15
25
50
100
200
400
3.75
7.5
11
18.5
37
75
150
300
30
30
30
30
60
60
30
60
100
100
200
200
200
400
400
600
600
8538 SBG 12 (2) (3) (4)

8538 SBG 13 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SCG 12 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SCG 14 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SCG 13 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SDG 12 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SDG 16 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SDG 14 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SEG 15 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SEG 13 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SEG 12 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SFG 15 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SFG 13 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SGG 15 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SGG 13 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SHG 13 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SHG 12 (2) (3) (4)
17 (38)
17 (38)
17 (38)
17 (38)
17 (38)
25 (54)
25 (54)
25 (54)
46 (102)
46 (102)
46 (102)
74 (163)
74 (163)
204 (450)
204 (450)
240 (530)
240 (530)
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
8538 SBA 22 (2) (3) (4)

8538 SBA 12 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SBA 23 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SBA 13 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SCA 22 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SCA 12 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SCA 24 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SCA 14 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SCA 23 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SCA 13 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SDA 22 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SDA 12 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SDA 26 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SDA 16 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SDA 24 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SDA 14 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SEA 25 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SEA 15 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SEA 23 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SEA 13 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SEA 22 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SEA 12 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SFA 25 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SFA 15 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SFA 23 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SFA 13 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SGA 25 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SGA 15 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SGA 23 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SGA 13 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SHA 23 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SHA 13 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SHA 22 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SHA 12 (2) (3) (4)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
25 (55)
25 (55)
25 (55)
25 (55)
25 (55)
25 (55)
50 (111)
50 (111)
50 (111)
50 (111)
50 (111)
50 (111)
77 (170)
77 (170)
77 (170)
77 (170)
207 (457)
207 (457)
207 (457)
207 (457)
250 (552)
250 (552)
250 (552)
250 (552)
NEMA 12 dust-tight industrial-use enclosure

0
2.2
2.2
30
3.75
3.75
30
3.75
3.75
30
10
7.5
10
7.5
30
7.5
5.5
7.5
5.5
60
10
7.5
15
11
60
15
11
15
11
30
25
18.5
25
18.5
60
20
15
25
18.5
100
50
37
50
37
100
25
18.5
30
22
200
40
30
50
37
200
100
75
100
75
200
75
55
100
75
400
200
150
200
150
400
150
110
200
150
600
400
300
400
300
600
(1) (2) (3) (4) See page 2/8.
pages 2/4 and 2/5
2/6
Dimensions:
pages 2/22 and 2/23
References

with Class R fuse clips
3-pole fusible full-voltage starters, non-reversing (Class R fuse clips)
531043
NEMA Size
Motor volts (1)

200 V (208 V) 230 V (240 V) 460 V (480 V) 575 V (600 V)
hp
kW
hp
kW
hp
kW
hp
kW
Fuse
clip
size

Weight
reset
Add code indicating
and H code (4)
kg (lb)

0
1
8538 SBG 32 ppp
4
5
6
7.5
10
20
25
40
75
150
2.2
3.75
5.5
7.5
15
18.5
30
55
110
7.5
15
25
30
50
100
200
2.2
3.75
5.5
11
18.5
22
37
75
150
10
15
25
50
100
200
400
3.75
7.5
11
18.5
37
75
150
300
10
15
25
50
100
200
400
3.75
7.5
11
18.5
37
75
150
300
30
30
30
30
60
60
30
60
100
100
200
200
200
400
400
600
600
8538 SBG 32 (2) (3) (4)

8538 SBG 33 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SCG 32 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SCG 34 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SCG 33 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SDG 32 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SDG 36 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SDG 34 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SEG 35 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SEG 33 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SEG 32 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SFG 35 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SFG 33 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SGG 35 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SGG 33 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SHG 33 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SHG 32 (2) (3) (4)
17 (38)
17 (38)
17 (38)
17 (38)
17 (38)
25 (54)
25 (54)
25 (54)
46 (102)
46 (102)
46 (102)
74 (163)
74 (163)
204 (450)
204 (450)
240 (530)
240 (530)
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
8538 SBA 42 (2) (3) (4)

8538 SBA 32 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SBA 43 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SBA 33 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SCA 42 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SCA 32 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SCA 44 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SCA 34 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SCA 43 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SCA 33 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SDA 42 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SDA 32 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SDA 46 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SDA 36 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SDA 44 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SDA 34 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SEA 45 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SEA 35 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SEA 43 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SEA 33 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SEA 42 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SEA 32 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SFA 45 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SFA 35 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SFA 43 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SFA 33 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SGA 45 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SGA 35 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SGA 43 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SGA 33 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SHA 43 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SHA 33 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SHA 42 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SHA 32 (2) (3) (4)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
25 (55)
25 (55)
25 (55)
25 (55)
25 (55)
25 (55)
50 (111)
50 (111)
50 (111)
50 (111)
50 (111)
50 (111)
77 (170)
77 (170)
77 (170)
77 (170)
207 (457)
207 (457)
207 (457)
207 (457)
250 (552)
250 (552)
250 (552)
250 (552)

0
2.2
2.2
30
3.75
3.75
30
3.75
3.75
30
10
7.5
10
7.5
30
7.5
5.5
7.5
5.5
60
10
7.5
15
11
60
15
11
15
11
30
25
18.5
25
18.5
60
20
15
25
18.5
100
50
37
50
37
100
25
18.5
30
22
200
40
30
50
37
200
100
75
100
75
200
75
55
100
75
400
200
150
200
150
400
150
110
200
150
600
400
300
400
300
600
(1) (2) (3) (4) See page 2/8.
pages 2/4 and 2/5
Dimensions:
pages 2/22 and 2/23
2/7
References

Mag-Gard circuit-breaker, Class 8539
3-pole circuit-breaker starters, non-reversing

NEMA Size
Circuit-breaker
531042
Motor volts (1)
200 V (208 V) 230 V (240 V) 460 V (480 V) 575 V (600 V)

hp
kW
hp
kW
hp
kW
hp
kW
Basic reference
Add code indicating
(2),
optional variants (3)
and H code (4)
Weight
kg (lb)
0.3
1
3
0.2
0.75
2.2
0.3
1
3
0.2
0.75
2.2
1
3
5
0.75
2.2
3.7
1
3
5
0.75
2.2
3.7
GJL 36003 MO1

GJL 36007 MO2
GJL 36015 MO3
8539 SBG 41 (2) (3) (4)

8539 SBG 42 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SBG 43 (2) (3) (4)
17 (38)
17 (38)
17 (38)
0.3
1
3
5
7.5
0.2
0.75
2.2
3.7
5.5
0.3
1
3
7.5
0.2
0.75
2.2
5.5
1
3
7.5
10
0.75
2.2
5.5
7.5
1
3
10
0.75
2.2
7.5
GJL 36003 MO1

GJL 36007 MO2
GJL 36015 MO3
GJL 36030 MO4
GJL 36050 MO5
8539 SCG 41 (2) (3) (4)

8539 SCG 42 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCG 43 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCG 44 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCG 45 (2) (3) (4)
17 (38)
17 (38)
17 (38)
17 (38)
17 (38)
3
5
10
2.2
3.7
7.5
3
7.5
10
15
2.2
5.5
7.5
11
7.5
15
25
5.5
11
18.5
10
20
25
7.5
15
18.5
GJL 36015 MO3

GJL 36030 MO4
GJL 36050 MO5
GJL 36075 MO6
8539 SDG 41 (2) (3) (4)

8539 SDG 42 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SDG 43 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SDG 44 (2) (3) (4)
25 (54)
25 (54)
25 (54)
25 (54)
25
18.5
30
22
25
30
18.5
22
30
50
22
37
GJL 36050 MO5

FAL 36100 18M
8539 SEG 41 (2) (3) (4) 46 (102)

8539 SEG 42 (2) (3) (4) 46 (102)
30
22
40
50
30
37
75
100
55
75
100
75
KAL 36250 25M

KAL 36250 26M
KAL 36250 29M
8539 SFG 42 (2) (3) (4) 74 (163)

8539 SFG 43 (2) (3) (4) 74 (163)
8539 SFG 44 (2) (3) (4) 74 (163)
50
60
75
37
45
55
60
75
100
45
55
75
125
150
200
90
110
150
125
150
200
90
110
150
KAL 36250 29M

KAL 36250 30M
KAL 36250 31M
LAL 36400 32M
LAL 36400 33M
LAL 36400 35M
8539 SGG 41 (2) (3) (4)

8539 SGG 42 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGG 43 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGG 44 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGG 45 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGG 46 (2) (3) (4)
191 (420)
191 (420)
191 (420)
191 (420)
191 (420)
191 (420)
100
125
150
75
90
110
150
200
110
150
250
300
350
400
185
220
250
300
250
300
400
185
220
300
LAL 36400 35M

LAL 36400 36M
MAL 36600 40M
MAL 36600 42M
MAL 36600 44M
8539 SHG 42 (2) (3) (4)

8539 SHG 43 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SHG 44 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SHG 45 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SHG 46 (2) (3) (4)
200 (441)
200 (441)
200 (441)
200 (441)
200 (441)
8539 SBG 41 ppp
500 370
MAL 36800 44M 8539 SJG 41 (2) (3) (4) 318 (702)
250 185 500 370 600 450

MAL 36800 45M 8539 SJG 42 (2) (3) (4) 318 (702)
300 220 600 450
MAL 361000 47M 8539 SJG 43 (2) (3) (4) 318 (702)
(1) Motor voltage (starter voltage).
Volts
24
110
120
208
220
240
380
440
480
550
600
50 Hz
V02
V03
V05
V06
V07
60 Hz
V01 (5) (6)
V02 (5) V08
V03
V06
V07
24 V and 120 V coils require the addition of form S for separate control. Example: 8559 SCG 41 V02 H10S.
(3) For optional variants, see page 2/21.
(4) To complete H code for Motor Logic solid-state overload relays, see pages 2/13 to 2/19. Motor Logic Plus units are not
available on combination starters.
(5) 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 46. On Sizes 03, where 24 V coils are available, suffix S (separate control) must be
specified.
(6) These voltage codes must include suffix S (supplied at no charge). When specifying suffix S, please supply motor voltage
when ordering.
pages 2/4 and 2/5
2/8
Dimensions:
pages 2/22 and 2/23

Mag-Gard circuit breaker, Class 8539
3-pole circuit-breaker starters, non-reversing (continued)
531042
NEMA
Size
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz Circuitbreaker
Motor volts (1)

200 V (208 V) 230 V (240 V) 460 V (480 V) 575 V (600 V)
hp
kW
hp
kW hp
kW hp
kW

Weight
reset
Add code indicating
(2), optional variants (3),
and H code (4)
kg (lb)

0
0.75 1
0.75
0.75 3
2.2
2.2
2.2
3.7
3.7
0.2
0.3
0.2
0.75 1
0.75
0.75
0.75 3
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
7.5
5.5
10
7.5
3.7
7.5
5.5
10
7.5
7.5
5.5
2.2
2.2
7.5
5.5
10
7.5
3.7
7.5
5.5
15
11
20
15
10
7.5
10
7.5
25
18.5 25
18.5
15
11
25
18.5 30
22
25
18.5
30
22
30
22
50
37
30
22
75
55
100
75
40
30
50
37
100
75
125
90
50
37
150
110
60
45
125
90
60
45
75
55
150
110
200
150
75
55
100
75
200
150
250
185
100
75
250
185
300
220
125
90
150
110
300
220
400
300
150
110
350
250
200
150
400
300
250
300
(1) (2) (3) (4) See page 2/8.
185
220
500
600
370
450
500
600
370
450
0.3
0.2
0.3
0.2
0.75
2.2
0.3
8539 SBA 51 ppp
pages 2/4 and 2/5
GJL 36003 MO1 With

Without
GJL 36007 MO2 With
Without
GJL 36015 MO3 With
Without
GJL 36003 MO1 With
Without
GJL 36007 MO2 With
Without
GJL 36015 MO3 With
Without
GJL 36030 MO4 With
Without
GJL 36050 MO5 With
Without
GJL 36015 MO3 With
Without
GJL 36030 MO4 With
Without
GJL 36050 MO5 With
Without
GJL 36075 MO6 With
Without
GJL 36050 MO5 With
Without
FAL 36100 18M With
Without
KAL 36250 25M With
Without
KAL 36250 26M With
Without
KAL 36250 29M With
Without
KAL 36250 29M With
Without
KAL 36250 30M With
Without
KAL 36250 31M With
Without
LAL 36400 32M With
Without
LAL 36400 33M With
Without
LAL 36400 35M With
Without
LAL 36400 35M With
Without
LAL 36400 36M With
Without
MAL 36600 40M With
Without
MAL 36600 42M With
Without
MAL 36600 44M With
Without
MAL 36800 44M With
MAL 36800 45M With
MAL 361000 47M With
8539 SBA 51 (2) (3) (4)

8539 SBA 41 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SBA 52 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SBA 42 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SBA 53 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SBA 43 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCA 51 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCA 41 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCA 52 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCA 42 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCA 53 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCA 43 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCA 54 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCA 44 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCA 55 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCA 45 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SDA 51 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SDA 41 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SDA 52 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SDA 42 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SDA 53 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SDA 43 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SDA 54 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SDA 44 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SEA 51 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SEA 41 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SEA 52 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SEA 42 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SFA 52 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SFA 42 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SFA 53 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SFA 43 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SFA 54 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SFA 44 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGA 51 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGA 41 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGA 52 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGA 42 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGA 53 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGA 43 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGA 54 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGA 44 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGA 55 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGA 45 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGA 56 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGA 46 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SHA 52 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SHA 42 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SHA 53 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SHA 43 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SHA 54 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SHA 44 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SHA 55 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SHA 45 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SHA 56 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SHA 46 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SJA 51 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SJA 52 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SJA 53 (2) (3) (4)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
25 (55)
25 (55)
25 (55)
25 (55)
25 (55)
25 (55)
25 (55)
25 (55)
50 (111)
50 (111)
50 (111)
50 (111)
77 (170)
77 (170)
77 (170)
77 (170)
77 (170)
77 (170)
200 (440)
200 (440)
200 (440)
200 (440)
200 (440)
200 (440)
200 (440)
200 (440)
200 (440)
200 (440)
200 (440)
200 (440)
200 (441)
200 (441)
200 (441)
200 (441)
200 (441)
200 (441)
200 (441)
200 (441)
200 (441)
200 (441)
318 (702)
318 (702)
318 (702)
Dimensions:
pages 2/22 and 2/23
2/9
References

Thermal-magnetic circuit breaker, Class 8539
3-pole thermal-magnetic circuit-breaker starters, non-reversing
531042
NEMA
Size
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz 3Circuitbreaker
Motor volts (1)

200 V (208 V) 230 V (240 V) 460 V (480 V) 575 V (600 V) Type
hp
kW
hp
kW hp
kW hp
kW

Weight
reset
Add code indicating
and H code (4)
Rating
A
kg (lb)
8539 SBG 1 ppp

2
3
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
1.5
2.2
3.7
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
22
30
37
45
55
75
90
110
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
50
40
75
60
100
125
150
200
250
300
1.5
2.2
3.7
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
22
37
30
55
45
75
90
110
150
185
220
7.5
10
7.5
20
25
40
50
30
75
100
60
150
125
200
250
300
350
400
500
600
3.7
5.5
7.5
5.5
15
18.5
30
37
22
55
75
45
110
90
150
185
220
250
300
370
450
10
7.5
25
15
20
50
40
30
100
75
60
150
200
125
300
400
250
350
600
500
3.7
7.5
5.5
18.5
11
15
37
30
22
75
55
45
110
150
90
220
300
185
250
450
370
FAL
FAL
FAL
FAL
FAL
FAL
FAL
FAL
FAL
FAL
FAL
FAL
FAL
FAL
FAL
FAL
FAL
FAL
FAL
KAL
FAL
FAL
KAL
KAL
KAL
KAL
FAL
LAL
LAL
LAL
LAL
LAL
KAL
MAL
MAL
MAL
MAL
MAL
MAL
MAL
MAL
MAL
15
15
20
35
50
30
45
20
25
15
60
80
20
60
70
35
45
90
100
110
80
60
125
200
150
110
100
200
250
300
225
350
200
450
600
600
800
250
500
900
1000
800
8539 SBG 1 (2) (3) (4)

8539 SBG 2 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SBG 3 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCG 5 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCG 2 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCG 1 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCG 6 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCG 3 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCG 7 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCG 8 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SDG 1 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SDG 7 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SDG 3 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SDG 4 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SDG 5 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SDG 8 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SDG 9 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SEG 3 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SEG 1 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SEG 5 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SEG 6 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SEG 4 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SFG 3 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SFG 4 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SFG 1 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SFG 5 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SFG 6 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGG 6 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGG 1 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGG 4 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGG 3 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGG 2 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGG 7 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SHG 4 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SHG 3 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SHG 5 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SHG 7 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SHG 6 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SHG 2 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SJG 2 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SJG 3 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SJG 1 (2) (3) (4)
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
8539 SBA 11 (2) (3) (4)

8539 SBA 1 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SBA 12 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SBA 2 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SBA 13 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SBA 13 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCA 15 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCA 5 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCA 12 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCA 2 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCA 11 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCA 1 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCA 16 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCA 6 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCA 13 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCA 3 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCA 17 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCA 7 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCA 18 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SCA 8 (2) (3) (4)
17 (38)
17 (38)
17 (38)
17 (38)
17 (38)
17 (38)
17 (38)
17 (38)
17 (38)
17 (38)
25 (54)
25 (54)
25 (54)
25 (54)
25 (54)
25 (54)
25 (54)
46 (102)
46 (102)
46 (102)
46 (102)
46 (102)
74 (163)
74 (163)
74 (163)
74 (163)
74 (163)
191 (420)
191 (420)
191 (420)
191 (420)
191 (420)
191 (420)
220 (486)
220 (486)
220 (486)
220 (486)
220 (486)
220 (486)
320 (706)
320 (706)
320 (706)

0
1.5
1.5
FAL
15
3.7
3.7
FAL
15
2.2
2.2
FAL
20
3.7
FAL
35
7.5
5.5
FAL
50
3.7
FAL
30
7.5
5.5
FAL
45
7.5
5.5
10
7.5
FAL
20
10
7.5
FAL
25
7.5
5.5
FAL
15
(1) (2) (3) (4) See page 2/8.
pages 2/4 and 2/5
2/10
Dimensions:
pages 2/22 and 2/23
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breaker, Class 8539
3-pole thermal-magnetic circuit-breaker starters, non-reversing

NEMA 12 dust-tight industrial-use enclosure (continued)
531042
NEMA
Size
8539 SDA 11 ppp
Circuitbreaker
Motor volts (1)

200 V (208 V) 230 V (240 V) 460 V (480 V) 575 V (600 V) Type
hp
kW
hp
kW hp
kW hp
kW
10
7.5
10
7.5
FAL
Rating
A
60
15
11
FAL
80
7.5
5.5
FAL
20
20
15
25
18.5
FAL
60
25
18.5
FAL
70
15
11
FAL
35
20
15
FAL
45
15
11
20
15
40
30
50
37
FAL
90
20
15
25
18.5 50
37
FAL
100
25
18.5
30
22
KAL
110
30
22
40
30
FAL
80
30
22
FAL
60
30
22
75
55
KAL
125
40
30
50
37
100
75
KAL
200
40
30
100
75
KAL
150
60
45
75
55
KAL
110
60
45
FAL
100
50
37
150
110
LAL
200
60
45
75
55
150
110
200
150
LAL
250
75
55
LAL
300
60
45
125
90
LAL
225
100
75
200
150
LAL
350
125
90
KAL
200
100
75
125
90
250
185
300
220
MAL
450
125
90
150
110
300
220
400
300
MAL
600
150
110
350
250
MAL
600
200
150
400
300
MAL
800
250
185
MAL
250
350
250
MAL
500
250
185
500
370
600
450
MAL
900
300
220
600
450
MAL
1000
500
370
MAL
800

Weight
reset
Add code indicating
and H code (4)
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
8539 SDA 11 (2) (3) (4)

8539 SDA 1 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SDA 17 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SDA 7 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SDA 13 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SDA 3 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SDA 14 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SDA 4 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SDA 15 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SDA 5 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SDA 18 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SDA 8 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SDA 19 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SDA 9 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SEA 13 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SEA 3 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SEA 11 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SEA 1 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SEA 15 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SEA 5 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SEA 16 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SEA 6 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SEA 14 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SEA 4 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SFA 13 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SFA 3 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SFA 14 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SFA 4 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SFA 11 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SFA 1 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SFA 15 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SFA 5 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SFA 16 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SFA 6 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGA 16 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGA 6 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGA 11 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGA 1 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGA 14 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGA 4 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGA 13 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGA 3 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGA 12 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGA 2 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGA 17 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SGA 7 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SHA 14 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SHA 4 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SHA 13 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SHA 3 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SHA 15 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SHA 5 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SHA 17 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SHA 7 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SHA 16 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SHA 6 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SHA 12 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SHA 2 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SJA 12 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SJA 2 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SJA 13 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SJA 3 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SJA 11 (2) (3) (4)
8539 SJA 1 (2) (3) (4)
kg (lb)
25 (55)
25 (55)
25 (55)
25 (55)
25 (55)
25 (55)
25 (55)
25 (55)
25 (55)
25 (55)
25 (55)
25 (55)
25 (55)
25 (55)
50 (111)
50 (111)
50 (111)
50 (111)
50 (111)
50 (111)
50 (111)
50 (111)
50 (111)
50 (111)
77 (170)
77 (170)
77 (170)
77 (170)
77 (170)
77 (170)
77 (170)
77 (170)
77 (170)
77 (170)
200 (440)
200 (440)
200 (440)
200 (440)
200 (440)
200 (440)
200 (440)
200 (440)
200 (440)
200 (440)
200 (440)
200 (440)
220 (486)
220 (486)
220 (486)
220 (486)
220 (486)
220 (486)
220 (486)
220 (486)
220 (486)
220 (486)
220 (486)
220 (486)
320 (706)
320 (706)
320 (706)
320 (706)
320 (706)
320 (706)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) See page 2/8.

pages 2/4 and 2/5
Dimensions:
pages 2/22 and 2/23
2/11
References

Non-fusible disconnect-switch, Class 8538
3-pole non-fusible full-voltage starters, non-reversing
531268
NEMA Size
External reset
Motor volts (1)

200 V (208 V) 230 V (240 V) 460 V (480 V) 575 V (600 V)
hp
kW
hp
kW
hp
kW
hp
kW
Basic reference
Weight
Add code indicating
and H code (4)
kg (lb)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
8538 SBG 11 ppp
3
7.5
10
25
40
75
150
2.2
5.5
7.5
18.5
30
55
110
3
7.5
15
30
50
100
200
2.2
5.5
11
22
37
75
150
5
10
25
50
100
200
400
3.75
7.5
18.5
37
75
150
300
5
10
25
50
100
200
400
3.75
7.5
18.5
37
75
150
300
8538 SBG 11 (2) (3) (4)

17 (38)
8538 SCG 11 (2) (3) (4)
17 (38)
8538 SDG 11 (2) (3) (4)
25 (54)
8538 SEG 11 (2) (3) (4) 46 (102)
8538 SFG 11 (2) (3) (4) 74 (163)
8538 SGG 11 (2) (3) (4) 204 (450)
8538 SHG 11 (2) (3) (4)
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
8538 SBA 21 (2) (3) (4)

8538 SBA 11 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SCA 21 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SCA 11 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SDA 21 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SDA 11 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SEA 21 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SEA 11 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SFA 21 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SFA 11 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SGA 21 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SGA 11 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SHA 21 (2) (3) (4)
8538 SHA 11 (2) (3) (4)

0
2.2
2.2
3.75
3.75
7.5
5.5
7.5
5.5
10
7.5
10
7.5
10
7.5
15
11
25
18.5
25
18.5
25
18.5
30
22
50
37
50
37
40
30
50
37
100
75
100
75
75
55
100
75
200
150
200
150
150
110
200
150
400
300
400
300
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
18 (40)
25 (55)
25 (55)
50 (111)
50 (111)
77 (170)
77 (170)
200 (441)
200 (441)
200 (441)
200 (441)
(1) Motor voltage (starter voltage).

Volts
24
110
120
208
220
240
380
440
480
550
600
50 Hz
V02
V03
V05
V06
V07
60 Hz
V01 (5) (6)
V02 (5) V08
V03
V06
V07
24 V and 120 V coils require the addition of form S for separate control. Example: 8538 SCA 21 V03 H10S.
(3) For optional variants, see page 2/21.
(4) To complete H code for Motor Logic solid-state overload relays, see pages 2/13 to 2/19. Motor Logic Plus units are not
available on combination starters.
(5) 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 46. On Sizes 03, where 24 V coils are available, suffix S (separate control) must be specified.
(6) These voltage codes must include suffix S (supplied at no charge). When specifying suffix S, please supply motor voltage when ordering.
pages 2/4 and 2/5
2/12
Dimensions:
pages 2/22 and 2/23
References

Fusible disconnect switch, Class 8538 with
Class H fuse clips
Variants for fusible disconnect-switch starters only (Class H fuse clips)
Motor Logic solid-state overload relays (1)
531123
Type
H10
For use on
Class 8538 with
Class H fuse clips
Motor
8538 SpG 1p,
Logic
8538 SpA 1p,
solid8538 SpA 2p,
state
(except 8538 SDG 16,
overload 8538 SDA 16/SDA 26)
relays
8538 SBG 12/13,
8538 SBA 12/22/13/23,
8538 SCG 12/14,
8538 SCA 12/22/14/24,
8538 SDG 16,
8538 SDA 16/26
Description
Overload relay range
Suffix to the
starter reference
(2)

Feature unit
(3)
(3)
(3)
H10
H20
H30

Feature unit
With 39 A overload relay

With 1.54.5 A overload relay
H109
H209
H308
H309
8538 SCG 12/14

8538 SCA 12/22/14/24,
8538 SDG 16
8538 SDA 16/26

Feature unit

H100
H200
H300
8538 SDG 16,

8538 SDA 16/26

Feature unit

H101
H201
H301
(1) For Motor Logic solid-state overload relays, see pages 3/2 to 3/7.
(2) Example: 8538 SBG 12 V02 H10 S.
(3) Standard current ranges, depending on contactor size:
Size
00
0
1
2
3
Current ranges A
39
618
927
1545 3090
(4) Only available with feature unit.
(5) Only available with feature unit with auxiliary contact.
pages 2/4 and 2/5
Weight
kg (lb)
4
5
6
7
45135 90270 180540 (4) 270810 (5)
Dimensions:
pages 2/22 and 2/23
2/13
Associations

(Class R fuse clips) with solid-state overload relay
Associations
Ratings
Motor
voltage
200 V
2
230 V
460 V
575 V
For use on
NEMA
Size
8538
0
SBG 32, SBA 42/32
1
SCG 32, SCA 42/32
SCG 33, SCA 43/33
2
SDG 32, SDA 42/32
3
SEG 35, SEA 45/35
SEG 32, SEA 42/32
4
SFG 35, SFA 45/35
5
SGG 35, SGA 45/35
6
SHG 33, SHA 43/33
0
SBG 32, SBA 42/32
1
SCG 32, SCA 42/32
SCG 33, SCA 43/33
2
SDG 32, SDA 42/32
3
SEG 35, SEA 45/35
SEG 32, SEA 42/32
4
SFG 35, SFA 45/35
5
SGG 35, SGA 45/35
6
SHG 33, SHA 43/33
0
SBG 33, SBA 43/33
1
SCG 34, SCA 44/34
2
SDG 36, SDA 46/36
3
SDG 34, SDA 44/34
SEG 33, SEA 43/33
4
SFG 33, SFA 43/33
5
SGG 33, SGA 43/33
6
SHG 32, SHA 42/32
0
SBG 33, SBA 43/33
1
SCG 34, SCA 44/34
2
SDG 36, SDA 46/36
3
SDG 34, SDA 44/34
SEG 33, SEA 43/33
4
SFG 33, SFA 43/33
5
SGG 33, SGA 43/33
6
SHG 32, SHA 42/32

Class 10
Class 20
39 A 618 A 927 A
39 A
H10
H109
H20
H209
H10
H109
H100
H20
H209
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H109
H20
H209
H10
H109
H100
H20
H209
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H109
H20
H209
H10
H109
H100
H20
H209
H109
H100
H101
H209
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H109
H20
H209
H10
H109
H100
H20
H209
H109
H100
H101
H209
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
Available codes
Not available
pages 2/4 and 2/5
2/14
Dimensions:
pages 2/22 and 2/23
Class 10/20 (selectable)

618 A 927 A
1.54.5 A 39 A
H30
H308
H309
H200
H30
H308
H309
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H308
H309
H200
H30
H308
H309
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H308
H309
H200
H30
H308
H309
H200
H201
H308
H309
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H308
H309
H200
H30
H308
H309
H200
H201
H308
H309
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
618 A 927 A
H300
H300
H300
H300
H301
H300
H300
H301
Associations

Non-fusible disconnect switch, Class 8538 with
solid-state overload relays
Associations
Ratings
Motor
voltage
200 V
230 V
460 V
575 V
For use on
NEMA
Size
8538
0
SBG 11, SBA 21/11
1
SCG 11, SCA 21/11
2
SDG 11, SDA 21/11
3
SEG 11, SEA 21/11
4
SFG 11, SFA 21/11
5
SGG 11, SGA 21/11
6
SHG 11, SHA 21/11
0
SBG 11, SBA 21/11
1
SCG 11, SCA 21/11
2
SDG 11, SDA 21/11
3
SEG 11, SEA 21/11
4
SFG 11, SFA 21/11
5
SGG 11, SGA 21/11
6
SHG 11, SHA 21/11
0
SBG 11, SBA 21/11
1
SCG 11, SCA 21/11
2
SDG 11, SDA 21/11
3
SEG 11, SEA 21/11
4
SFG 11, SFA 21/11
5
SGG 11, SGA 21/11
6
SHG 11, SHA 21/11
0
SBG 11, SBA 21/11
1
SCG 11, SCA 21/11
2
SDG 11, SDA 21/11
3
SEG 11, SEA 21/11
4
SFG 11, SFA 21/11
5
SGG 11, SGA 21/11
6
SHG 11, SHA 21/11

Class 10
Class 20
39 A
618 A
H10
H109
H20
H10
H109
H100
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H109
H20
H10
H109
H100
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H109
H20
H10
H109
H100
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H109
H20
H10
H109
H100
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
39 A
H209
H209
618 A
H200
H209
H209
H200
H209
H209
H200
H209
H209
H200
1.54.5 A 39 A
H30
H308
H309
H30
H308
H309
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H308
H309
H30
H308
H309
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H308
H309
H30
H308
H309
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H308
H309
H30
H308
H309
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
618 A
H300
2
H300
H300
H300
Available codes
Not available
pages 2/4 and 2/5
Dimensions:
pages 2/22 and 2/23
2/15
Associations

Mag-Gard circuit breaker, Class 8539 with
Associations
Ratings
Motor
voltage
200 V
230 V
For use on
NEMA
Size
8539
0
SBG 41, SBA 51/41
SBG 42, SBA 52/42
SBG 43, SBA 53/43
1
SCG 41, SCA 51/41
SCG 42, SCA 52/42
SCG 43, SCA 53/43
SCG 44, SCA 54/44
SCG 45, SCA 55/45
2
SDG 41, SDA 51/41
SDG 42, SDA 52/42
SDG 43, SDA 53/43
3
SEG 42, SEA 52/42
4
SFG 42, SFA 52/42
SFG 43, SFA 53/43
5
SGG 42, SGA 52/42
SGG 44, SGA 54/44
SGG 45, SGA 55/45
6
SHG 43, SHA 53/43
SHG 44, SHA 54/44
SHG 45, SHA 55/45
0
SBG 41, SBA 51/41
SBG 42, SBA 52/42
SBG 43, SBA 53/43
1
SCG 41, SCA 51/41
SCG 42, SCA 52/42
SCG 43, SCA 53/43
SCG 44, SCA 54/44
2
SDG 41, SDA 51/41
SDG 42, SDA 52/42
SDG 43, SDA 53/43
SDG 44, SDA 54/44
3
SEG 42, SEA 52/42
4
SFG 43, SFA 53/43
SFG 44, SFA 54/44
5
SGG 43, SGA 53/43
SGG 44, SGA 54/44
SGG 46, SGA 56/46
6
SHG 44, SHA 54/44
SHG 46, SHA 56/46
7
SJG 42, SJA 52
SJG 43, SJA 53

Class 10
Class 20
39 A 618 A 927 A
39 A
H109
H109
H209
H209
H109
H209
H100
H10
H10
H20
H20
H100
H101
H10
H10
H10
H10
H10
H10
H10
H10
H10
H10
H20
H20
H20
H20
H20
H20
H20
H20
H20
H20
H109
H109
H209
H209
H109
H209
H100
H10
H20
H100
H101
H10
H10
H10
H10
H10
H10
H10
H10
H10
H10
H10
H10
H20
H20
H20
H20
H20
H20
H20
H20
H20
H20
H20
H20
Available codes
Not available
pages 2/4 and 2/5
2/16
Dimensions:
pages 2/22 and 2/23

618 A 927 A
1.54.5 A 39 A
H308
H308
H309
H309
H308
H308
H309
H200
H30
H30
H200
H201
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H308
H308
H309
H309
H308
H308
H309
H200
H30
H200
H201
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
618 A 927 A
H300
H300
H301
H300
H300
H301
Associations (continued)

Mag-Gard circuit breaker, Class 8539 with
Ratings
Motor
voltage
460 V
575 V
For use on
NEMA
Size
8539
0
SBG 41, SBA 51/41
SBG 42, SBA 52/42
SBG 43, SBA 53/43
1
SCG 41, SCA 51/41
SCG 42, SCA 52/42
SCG 43, SCA 53/43
SCG 44, SCA 54/44
2
SDG 41, SDA 51/41
SDG 42, SDA 52/42
SDG 43, SDA 53/43
3
SEG 41, SEA 51/41
SEG 42, SEA 52/42
4
SFG 42, SFA 52/42
SFG 44, SFA 54/44
5
SGG 43, SGA 53/43
SGG 44, SGA 54/44
SGG 46, SGA 56/46
6
SHG 43, SHA 53/43
SHG 44, SHA 54/44
SHG 45, SHA 55/45
SHG 46, SHA 56/46
7
SJG 42, SJA 52
SJG 43, SJA 53
0
SBG 41, SBA 51/41
SBG 42, SBA 52/42
SBG 43, SBA 53/43
1
SCG 41, SCA 51/41
SCG 42, SCA 52/42
SCG 43, SCA 53/43
2
SDG 41, SDA 51/41
SDG 42, SDA 52/42
SDG 43, SDA 53/43
3
SEG 41, SEA 51/41
SEG 42, SEA 52/42
4
SFG 42, SFA 52/42
5
SGG 41, SGA 51/41
SGG 42, SGA 52/42
SGG 44, SGA 54/44
6
SHG 42, SHA 52/42
SHG 43, SHA 53/43
SHG 44, SHA 54/44
7
SJG 41, SJA 51
SJG 42, SJA 52

Class 10
Class 20
39 A 618 A 927 A
39 A
H109
H109
H209
H209
H109
H209
H100
H10
H20
H100
H101
H10
H10
H10
H10
H10
H10
H10
H10
H10
H10
H10
H10
H10
H10
H20
H20
H20
H20
H20
H20
H20
H20
H20
H20
H20
H20
H20
H20
H109
H109
H209
H209
H109
H209
H100
H100
H101
H10
H10
H10
H10
H10
H10
H10
H10
H10
H10
H10
H10
H20
H20
H20
H20
H20
H20
H20
H20
H20
H20
H20
H20

618 A 927 A
1.54.5 A 39 A
H308
H308
H309
H309
H308
H308
H309
H200
H30
H200
H201
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H308
H308
H309
H309
H308
H308
H309
H200
H200
H201
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
618 A 927 A
H300
H300
H301
H300
H300
H301
Available codes
Not available
pages 2/4 and 2/5
Dimensions:
pages 2/22 and 2/23
2/17
Associations

Thermal-magnetic circuit breaker
Associations
Ratings
Motor
voltage
200 V
230 V
For use on
NEMA
Size
8539
0
SBG 1, SBA 11/1
SBG 3, SBA 13/3
1
SCG 5, SCA 15/5
SCG 2, SCA 12/2
2
SDG 1, SDA 11/1
3
SEG 3, SEA 13/3
SEG 1, SEA 11/1
SEG 5, SEA 15/5
4
SFG 3, SFA 13/3
SFG 4, SFA 14/4
5
SGG 6, SGA 16/6
SGG 1, SGA 11/1
SGG 4, SGA 14/4
6
SHG 4, SHA 14/4
SHG 3, SHA 13/3
SHG 5, SHA 15/5
0
SBG 1, SBA 11/1
SBG 3, SBA 13/3
1
SCG 1, SCA 11/1
SCG 6, SCA 16/6
2
SDG 1, SDA 11/1
SDG 7, SDA 17/7
3
SEG 3, SEA 13/3
SEG 1, SEA 11/1
SEG 5, SEA 15/5
4
SFG 1, SFA 11/1
SFG 4, SFA 14/4
5
SGG 3, SGA 13/3
SGG 1, SGA 11/1
SGG 2, SGA 12/2
6
SHG 4, SHA 14/4
SHG 3, SHA 13/3
SHG 7, SHA 17/7
7
SJG 2, SJA 12
SJG 3, SJA 13

Class 10
Class 20
39 A
618 A
H109
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H109
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
Available codes
Not available
pages 2/4 and 2/5
2/18
Dimensions:
pages 2/22 and 2/23
39 A
H209
H209
618 A
1.54.5 A 39 A
H308
H309
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H308
H309
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
618 A

Thermal magnetic circuit breaker
with solid-state overload relays
Ratings
Motor
voltage
460 V
575 V
For use on
NEMA
Size
8539
0
SBG 2, SBA 12/2
1
SCG 3, SCA 13/3
SCG 7, SCA 17/7
2
SDG 3, SDA 13/3
SDG 4, SDA 14/4
SDG 5, SDA 15/5
3
SEG 6, SEA 16/6
SEG 3, SEA 13/3
SEG 1, SEA 11/1
4
SFG 5, SFA 15/5
SFG 3, SFA 13/3
SFG 4, SFA 14/4
5
SGG 3, SGA 13/3
SGG 1, SGA 11/1
SGG 2, SGA 12/2
6
SHG 4, SHA 14/4
SHG 3, SHA 13/3
SHG 5, SHA 15/5
SHG 7, SHA 17/7
7
SJG 2, SJA 12
SJG 3, SJA 13
0
SBG 2, SBA 12/2
1
SCG 8, SCA 18/8
SCG 3, SCA 13/3
2
SDG 8, SDA 18/8
SDG 9, SDA 19/9
SDG 4, SDA 14/4
3
SEG 4, SEA 14/4
SEG 6, SEA 16/6
SEG 3, SEA 13/3
4
SFG 6, SFA 16/6
SFG 5, SFA 15/5
SFG 1, SFA 11/1
5
SGG 7, SGA 17/7
SGG 6, SGA 16/6
SGG 1, SGA 11/1
6
SHG 6, SHA 16/6
SHG 4, SHA 14/4
SHG 2, SHA 12/2
SHG 3, SHA 13/3
7
SJG 1, SJA 11
SJG 2, SJA 12

Class 10
Class 20
39 A
618 A
H109
H100
H100
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H109
H100
H100
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
H10
H20
39 A
H209
618 A
1.54.5 A 39 A
H308
H309
H200
H200
618 A
H300
H300
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H209
H308
H200
H200
H309
H300
H300
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H30
H20
H30
H30
Available codes
Not available
pages 2/4 and 2/5
Dimensions:
pages 2/22 and 2/23
2/19
Characteristics
Type S, NEMA-style
Accessories
Characteristics
Class
Type
Electrical ratings
Maximum current
50/60 Hz
Class
Type
Electrical ratings
Maximum current
50/60 Hz
9999
Single-pole electrical interlocks
Make
Break
a 120 V
a 240 V
a 480 V
a 600 V
a 120 V
a 240 V
a 480 V
a 600 V
pages 2/4 and 2/5
2/20
Dimensions:
pages 2/22 and 2/23
A
A
A
A
A
VA
A
VA
A
VA
A
VA
40
15
20
10
10
8
8
6
9999
2-pole electrical interlocks
Make
Break
30
3450
15
3450
7.5
3450
6
3450
3
345
1.5
345
0.75
345
0.6
345
Continuous carrying
current
15
15
15
15
Continuous carrying
current
10
10
10
10
References
Type S, NEMA-style
Accessories
Variants
Type
For use on
Interlocks
Disconnect-switch
starters 8538 Spp or
circuit-breaker starters
8539 Spp
Control
Disconnect-switch
transformers starters 8538 Spp or
circuit-breaker starters
8539 Spp
Description
Single-pole
Suffix to the
starter reference
(1)
Y74
Weight
kg (lb)
2-pole
Y75
Standard capacity
F4T
F4T10
F4T11
F4T12
Description
Reference
Single-pole
2-pole
Single-pole
2-pole
Single-pole
2-pole
Single-pole
2-pole
Single-pole
2-pole
Single-pole
2-pole
Single-pole
2-pole
Single-pole
2-pole
Single-pole
2-pole
9999 R6
9999 R7
9999 R43
9999 R44
9999 R45
9999 R46
9999 R8
9999 R9
9999 R41
9999 R42
9999 R39
9999 R40
9999 R35
9999 R36
9999 TC11
9999 TC21
9999 TC10
9999 TC20
Interlocks
Type
Interlocks
For use on
Class Type (2)
8538 SB, SC, SD
(Series B) (3)
SD
(Series C)
SB, SC
(Series C)
SE, SF
(Series A)
SE
(Series B and C)
SF
(Series B and C)
SG
SBA, SCA, SBG,
SCG (Series D)
Weight
kg (lb)
SBAS8, SCAS8,
SBGS8, SCGS8
(Series D),
SDA, SDA (3),
SDG, SDG (3)
(Series D),
SEA, SEG
(Series D)
8539 SB, SC, SD, SE, Single-pole
9999 R26
SF, SG (4)
2-pole
9999 R27
(1) Example: 8538 SBG 12 V01 Y74.
(2) Series A, B, C and D are product versions.
(3) Class 8538 type numbers ending in suffix "S8".
(4) No interlocks available when used with the GJL circuit-breaker.
pages 2/4 and 2/5
Dimensions:
pages 2/22 and 2/23
2/21
Dimensions
0

Disconnect switch or
Circuit breaker
Combination starters 8538 SpG

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
8538 SBG
175.3 469.9 175.3 165.1 0
88.9
86.4
175.3 101.6
8538 SCG
175.3 469.9 175.3 165.1 0
88.9
86.4
175.3 101.6
8538 SDG
200.7 558.8 190.5 177.8 78.7
121.9 0
195.6 152.4
8538 SEG
304.8 749.3 228.6 195.6 0
142.2 162.6 327.7 134.6
8538 SFG
330.2 990.6 279.4 292.1 0
177.8 152.4 330.2 228.6
8538 SGG (1)
439.4 1498.6 342.9 635.0 0
274.3 165.1 520.7
8538 SHG
812.8 2082.8 812.8 1016.0 0
330.2 482.6 889.0
(1) Combination starter does not contain a full-size panel. No usable panel space is available.
A
C
Disconnect
Switch
Fuse
Base
Starter
Available space for field requirements
Combination starters 8539 SpG

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
8539 SBG
175.3 469.9 165.1 200.7 0
88.9
86.4
175.3
8539 SCG
175.3 469.9 165.1 200.7 0
88.9
86.4
175.3
8539 SDG
200.7 558.8 165.1 162.6 78.7
121.9 0
195.6
8539 SEG + FAL (1)
304.8 749.3 165.1 215.9 0
142.2 162.6 327.7
8539 SEG + KAL (1)
304.8 749.3 172.7 266.7 0
142.2 162.6 327.7
8539 SFG
330.2 990.6 172.7 317.5 0
177.8 152.4 330.2
8539 SGG + KAL (1) (2) 439.4 1498.6 172.7 584.2 0
274.3 165.1 520.7
8539 SGG + LAL (1) (2) 439.4 1498.6 228.6 622.3 0
274.3 165.1 520.7
8539 SHG + LAL (1)
812.8 2082.8 228.6 647.7 0
330.2 482.6 889.0
8539 SHG + MAL (1) 812.8 2082.8 317.5 1028.7 0
330.2 482.6 889.0
(1) Circuit-breaker.
(2) Combination starter does not contain a full-size panel. No usable panel space is available.
A
C
Breaker
Starter
Available space for field requirements
pages 2/4 and 2/5
2/22
References:
pages 2/6 to 2/21
0

Disconnect switch or
Circuit breaker
Combination starters 8538/8539 SBG to SDG (NEMA 1 enclosure)

A
L
M
C
N
8538/8539 SBG
8538/8539 SCG
8538/8539 SDG
8538/8539 SBG
8538/8539 SCG
8538/8539 SDG
E B
A
241.3
241.3
266.7
K
26.9
26.9
26.9
B
571.5
571.5
660.4
L
82.6
82.6
82.6
C
211.8
211.8
243.6
M
55.4
55.4
55.4
D
161.9
161.9
187.3
N
31.8
31.8
31.8
E
520.7
520.7
609.6
O
22.2
22.2
22.2
F
G
372.1 46.0
372.1 46.0
429.3 54.0
W
12.719.1
12.719.1
25.431.8
A
387.4
387.4
406.4
508.0
508.0
914.4
863.6
L
127.0
127.0
127.0
235.0
127.0
127.0
127.0
B
1066.8
1066.8
1333.5
1981.2
1676.4
2286.0
533.4
M
68.1
68.1
68.1
80.8
80.8
C
269.0
269.0
267.5
393.7
348.2
534.2
2286.0
N
136.5
136.5
136.5
D
235.0
235.0
254.0
304.8
304.8
O
32.5
32.5
32.5
E
F
76.2 576.8
76.2 576.8
76.2 600.7
101.6 746.8
101.6 746.8
1050.9
1257.3
W
25.431.8
50.863.5
63.5
12.719.1
12.719.2
H
I
42.7 76.2
42.7 76.2
50.8 101.6
X
12.719.1
12.719.1
12.719.2
J
58.7
58.7
25.4
Y
12.7
12.7
12.7
(1)
Cover Open 90
F
X W
G
J
H
I
Combination starters 8538/8539 SEG to SJG (NEMA 1 enclosure)

A
D
L
E
O
P
G B
8538 SEG
8539 SEG
8538/8539 SFG
8538 SGG
8539 SGG
8538/8539 SHG
8539 SJG
(1)
Cover Open 90
8538 SEG
8539 SEG
8538/8539 SFG
8538 SGG
8539 SGG
8538/8539 SHG
8539 SJG
F
W
X W
J
M
N
G
H
1041.4 12.7
1041.4 12.7
1308.1 12.7
1955.8 12.7
1651.0 12.7
X
12.719.2
12.719.3
12.719.4
76.2
76.2
J
71.6
71.6
71.6
89.2
89.2
Y
12.7
12.7
12.7
K
89.7
89.7
89.7
114.6
114.6
Combination starters 8538/8539 SpA (NEMA 12 enclosure)

A
F
8538/8539 SBA
8538/8539 SCA
8538/8539 SDA
8538/8539 SEA
8538 SFA
8539 SFA
8538 SGA
8539 SGA
8538/8539 SHA
8539 SJA
G C
(1)
A
241.3
241.3
266.7
387.4
406.4
406.4
508.0
508.0
914.4
863.6
B
211.8
211.8
243.6
269.0
267.5
267.5
348.2
348.2
431.8
533.4
C
D
609.6 82.6
609.6 82.6
704.9 82.6
1066.8 127.0
1333.5 127.0
1333.5 127.0
1981.2 235.0
1676.4 127.0
2286.0 127.0
2286.0 127.0
E
63.5
63.5
63.5
76.2
76.2
76.2
101.6
101.6
F
114.3
114.3
139.7
235.0
254.0
254.0
304.8
304.8
G
H
596.9 15.0
596.9 15.0
685.8 9.5
1041.4 12.7
1308.1 12.7
1308.1 12.7
1955.8 12.7
1651.0 12.7
I
112.5
112.5
104.8
128.5
106.2
131.6
197.6
197.6
J
363.5
363.5
420.6
566.7
583.2
583.2
746.8
696.0
1203.3
1257.3
Combination starters 8538/8539 SpG pp S8 and 8538/8539 SpA pp S8 (NEMA 12 enclosure)

A
A
B
C
D
E
L
8538/8539 SpG pp S8 381.0 730.3 243.6 295.3 666.8 82.6
8538/8539 SpA pp S8 381.0 787.4 278.4 228.6 768.4 82.6
(2) 0.31 in. (8 mm) dia. mounting holes.
(2)
(1) 0.31 in. (8 mm) dia. mounting holes for Sizes 0, 1, and 2, 0.44 in. (11 mm) dia. mounting holes for Sizes 3 and 4 , 0.56 in. (14 mm) dia. mounting holes located on
14 external flanges for Size 5.
pages 2/4 and 2/5
References:
pages 2/6 to 2/21
2/23
3/0
Contents
3 - Solid-State Overload Relays
b Motor Logic base unit

v General, description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/2
v Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/3
v Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/8
b Motor Logic feature unit
b Motor Logic Plus programmable unit
b Motor Logic Plus II programmable unit
3/1
Solid-State Overload Relays
General,
description
Motor
Motor
Motor
Logic
Logic
Logic
base unit
feature unit
Plus programmable unit
General
Overload relays are intended to protect motors, controllers and branch-circuit conductors against excessive
heating due to prolonged motor overcurrents up to and including locked rotor currents. Protection of the motor and
the other branch-circuit components from higher currents, due to short-circuits or earth faults, is a function of the
branch-circuit fuses, circuit-breakers or motor short-circuit protectors.
Electric motors make up a large percentage of power system loads. Market demands for reduced downtime and
increased productivity have compelled the motor control industry to continuously evaluate motor protection technology.
Technology advancements now allow the motor control industry to offer several options for motor protection.
This briefly reviews traditional motor protection technologies and discusses the new, electronic motor protection
options. Important factors to consider in determining the appropriate overload protection include:
b Application requirements.
b Cost per feature of a given technology.
b Willingness and ability of all parts of the user's organization to embrace and implement the new technology.
Motor failure may be the result of electrical or mechanical factors. A study commissioned by the Electrical
Research Associates (ERA) of the United Kingdom indicated that the most common causes of motor failure are:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Overcurrent
Contamination
Single phasing
Bearing failure
Aging (natural wear)
Rotor fault
Miscellaneous
30 %
18 %
15 %
12 %
10 %
5%
7%
Failure modes 1, 3 and 7 are attributable to electrical issues. Modes 2, 4, 5 and 6 are the result of mechanical (and
some manufacturing) issues.
Historically, motor protection provided with the controller was only able to address the electrical causes of motor
failure. These electrical issues account for at least 45% of the most common causes of motor failure. Motor branch
circuits are protected against short circuits (instantaneous overload currents) and steady-state or low-level
sustained overloads. In the U.S., this protection is provided by the short-circuit protective device (SCPD) and the
motor overload relay, when they are applied according to the National Electrical Code (NEC).
Motor Logic solid-state overload relay base unit
As the market leader in motor control products, Square D offers the Motor Logic solid-state overload relay base
unit. It provides the most complete electronic overload protection available to date for the price.
Motor Logic solid-state overload relay feature unit
The Motor Logic solid-state overload relay feature unit offers the same features as the base unit, along with the
following:
b Class II earth fault detection to protect motors from hard-to-find earth fault conditions.
b Switch-selectable trip class (Class 10 or Class 20) for application flexibility in a single unit.
Motor Logic Plus programmable solid-state overload relay
The Motor Logic Plus programmable solid-state overload relay is a fully programmable overload relay designed to
monitor three-phase a.c. motor systems. It has 16 programming parameters of which eight can be viewed from
the 3-digit alphanumeric LED display screen on the face of the overload relay. Additionally, these parameters can
be viewed through the use of a personal computer for remote access to motor performance and adjustments.
Description
Motor Logic solid-state overload relays 9065 Sp include:
1 Adjustment dial
2 Tamper-proof cover
3 Reset button
1
2
3
Motor Logic Plus programmable solid-state overload relays 9065 SP include:
1 Mode select switch (1)
2 3-digit alphanumeric LED display screen
1
3 Display/Program switch
2
4 Communication port (on side)
5 Reset/Program button
3
4
5
(1) Low voltage set point, High voltage set point, Voltage unbalance set point, Overcurrent trip point, Undercurrent trip point,
Current unbalance trip point, Trip class (5, 10, 15, 20, 30), Rapid cycle timer (RD1), Overload restart delay (RD2), Underload
restart delay (RD3), Number of restarts after an overload, Unbalance, Single phasing (manual or automatic), RS-485 address,
Number of restarts after an underload fault, Underload trip delay and Earth fault trip point, Individual line voltages, Current
levels, as well as Average voltage and Average current.
Characteristics:
page 3/3
3/2
References:
pages 3/6 and 3/7
Dimensions:
page 3/8
Characteristics

Motor
Motor
Motor
Logic
Logic
Logic
base unit
feature unit
Environment
around the device
C
C
Storage
Operation
UL 508, NEMA ICS-2, IEC 60947-4-1

UL Listed, CSA certified, e marked
- 40...+ 80
- 25+ 70
Class
Type
Current ranges
Withstand rating (stand alone)
Control voltage
Frequency limits
Trip contact ratings
Repeat trip time accuracy
Power wire connection
A
A
aV
Hz
9065
SpB
SpC
Sp 0 Sp 1
1.54.5 39
618 927
5000 RMS symmetrical, 600 V
600
Self-powered
4862
A600/P300
2%
Through hole device
Control wire
Lug kit power wire
# 1612 AWG (two per terminal)

# 148 AWG
DIN adapter
35 mm DIN rail, 7.5 mm track depth
Sp 2
Sp 3
Sp 4
Sp 5
ST 620 ST 720
1545 3090 45135 90270 180540 270810
10 000 RMS symmetrical, 600 V
# 144 # 141/0 # 8250

AWG AWG
MCM
# 4500
MCM
250500
MCM
(1 or 2 per
phase)
250500
MCM
(1 to 4 per
phase)
# 144 # 141/0 # 8250

AWG AWG
MCM
N/A
N/A
N/A
Motor Logic Plus programmable solid-state overload relays

Class
Type
Current ranges
Withstand rating (stand alone)
Control voltage
Frequency limits
Trip contact ratings
Repeat trip time accuracy
A
A
aV
aV
Hz
3-phase, 50/60 Hz
Voltage
Current
Screen
Programming parameters
Power wire connection
Control wire
Lug kit power wire
9065
SPBp
SPCp
SP 1p
SP 2p
0.52.3
29
627
1045
100 000 (RMS symmetrical, 600 V) UL
100 000 (RMS symmetrical, 600 V) CSA
600
200 to 480, 500 to 600
48...66
B300
0.5 % of nominal voltage
1 % (50 % min to 120 % max overcurrent)
3-digit alphanumeric LED display screen
16
Through-hole device
# 1222 AWG (two per terminal)
# 1/014 AWG
SP 3p
2090
SP 4p
60135
SP 5p
120270
SP 6p
240540
Tripping curves
Average operating time
related to multiples of the
current setting
Time (s)
Time (s)
Motor Logic devices
10000.0
Motor Logic Plus devices
10000
2
1
1000.0
1000
100.0
100
10.0
2
1
10
1.0
1.0
10.0
x current setting
References:
pages 3/6 and 3/7
100
200
1 Class 10
2 Class 20
1 Class 10
2 Class 20
General, description:
page 3/2
1
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
% of OC setting
Dimensions:
page 3/8
3/3
General,
description
Motor
Logic
Plus II programmable unit
9999DN2 installed.tif
General
9999MMS-2003-01.tif
9999 MLPD
9999 MMS
cable.tif
MLPD reverse color.tif
9065 SP2 with 9999 DN2
9999CCKIT
(battery not included)
The Motor Logic Plus II programmable solid-state overload relay is separately powered from a 110/120 Vac,
50/60 Hz source. It has three internal current transformers for measuring phase currents from 0.590 A, and one
internal zero-sequence current transformer for measuring earth ground faults up to 10 A. Current measurements
from 90540 A require the use of external CTs and result in a residual ground fault detection system.
LED indicators on the front face of the overload relay display the product status and the states of the fault relay,
the inputs, and the outputs. A reset button is located on the face for manual reset.
Four digital inputs are available via field wiring terminals. All digital inputs are internally pulled down to the board
reference. One power terminal (P) is used to source the inputs to +24 Vdc. Inputs 1 and 4 can be used as standard
digital inputs, or they can be independently configured through programming as PTC (positive temperature
coefficient) and Reset inputs, respectively. When Input 1 is configured as a PTC input, the return reference is to
the G terminal.
Three relay outputs are available via field wiring terminals: one Form C relay (single-pole, double-throw) for fault;
and two Form A relays (single-pole, single-throw) for contactor control. A Form C relay has one normally open
(N.O.) and one normally closed (N.C.) set of contacts that share a common terminal; when energized, both sets
of contacts change state. The Form A relays are normally open and wired to share a common terminal; however,
their operation is independent.
Two-wire Modbus communication is internal to the overload relay and allows for direct connection to a
Motor Logic Plus display (9999 MLPD)(1) or motor management system (9999 MMS) via the terminal blocks
located on the front face. The DeviceNet communication module (9999 DN2) connects to the Sub-D connector on
the right side of the product.
The Motor Logic Plus II programmable overload relay provides the following protection features for 3-phase
(default) and single-phase motors:
b Thermal Overload
b Undercurrent
Programmable trip delay from 2 to 60 seconds
b Jam
b Current Unbalance (3-phase only)
Programmable from 2 to 25%
b Phase Loss (3-phase only)
b Ground Fault (enabled/disabled)
Zero sequence transformer core
Programmable from 1 to 10 A
Ground fault inhibit programmable from 1 to 255 seconds
b Reverse Phase (3-phase only)
b Single Phase (3-phase only)
b PTC Thermistor
Other features include:
b Programmable overload trip class: 5, 10, 15, 20, or 30
Manual and automatic reset option
Warning of impending faults
Motor thermal capacity
b Restart delay timers
Rapid cycle: programmable from 0 to 500 seconds
Motor cool down: programmable from 2 to 500 minutes
Dry well recovery: programmable from 2 to 500 minutes
Description
Motor Logic Plus II programmable solid-state overload relay 9065 SP2
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Status, Trip/Warn, and output LEDs

3 fault relay outputs
3 outputs
4 input LEDs
Sub-D connector for DeviceNet module (on side)
3 network terminals
4 digital inputs
Reset/Test Trip button
6
7
8
(1) The Motor Logic Plus display is powered using the cable configuration kit (9999CCKIT) and a 9 V battery (not included).
Characteristics:
page 3/5
3/4
References:
page 3/7
Dimensions:
page 3/9
Characteristics

Motor
Logic
Trip Class (TC)

The trip class for overload protection, described in the following table, defines the trip delay upon detection of a
thermal overload. (Refer to the tripping curves.) The motor and application determine the trip class. Consult the
motor manufacturer for the proper setting.
Note: Class 20 is the default setting for all Motor Logic Plus units.
Trip Class
Application Description
5
10 (Fast Trip)
15
20 (Standard Trip)
30 (Slow Trip)
J Prefix
Small, fractional-horsepower motors where acceleration time is almost instantaneous or where

extremely quick trip times are required
Hermetic refrigerant motors, compressors, submersible pumps, and general-purpose motors that
reach rated speed in less than 4 seconds
Certain specialized applications
Most NEMA general-purpose motors are protected by this setting
Motors with long acceleration times (>10 seconds) or high-inertia loads
Programming any trip class with the J prefix enables jam protection. This additional protection is
enabled 1 minute after the motor starts and provides a 2 second trip time for motors exceeding 400%
of the overcurrent setting, regardless of trip class.
Tripping curves
Average operating time
related to multiples of the
current setting
Time (s)
Motor Logic Plus II devices
10000
1000
100
2
1
10
1
0
100
200
1 Class 10
2 Class 20
page 3/4
References:
page 3/7
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
% of OC setting
Dimensions:
page 3/9
3/5
References

Motor
Motor
Logic
Logic
base unit
feature unit
Motor Logic solid-state overload relays base unit
531203
NEMA Size
3-phase
Full-load
current
range
A
Open type
Reference
Weight
kg (lb)
Motor Logic base unit for separate mounting
9065 SSC 10
00C (1)
39
0 (1)
618
1 (1)
927
1545
3090
45135
Trip Class 10
Trip Class 20
Trip Class 10
Trip Class 20
Trip Class 10
Trip Class 20
Trip Class 10
Trip Class 20
Trip Class 10
Trip Class 20
Trip Class 10
Trip Class 20
9065 SSC 10
9065 SSC 20
9065 SS 010
9065 SS 020
9065 SS 110
9065 SS 120
9065 SS 210
9065 SS 220
9065 SS 310
9065 SS 320
9065 SS 410
9065 SS 420
0.5 (1)
0.5 (1)
0.5 (1.2)
0.5 (1.2)
0.5 (1.2)
0.5 (1.2)
0.7 (1.5)
0.7 (1.5)
1.3 (2.9)
1.3 (2.9)
1.6 (3.6)
1.6 (3.6)
9065 SSC 10
9065 SSC 20
9065 SS 010
9065 SS 020
9065 SS 110
9065 SS 120
9065 SR 210
9065 SR 220
9065 SR 310
9065 SR 320
9065 SR 410
9065 SR 420
0.5 (1)
0.5 (1)
0.5 (1.2)
0.5 (1.2)
0.5 (1.2)
0.5 (1.2)
0.7 (1.5)
0.7 (1.5)
1.3 (2.9)
1.3 (2.9)
1.6 (3.6)
1.6 (3.6)
Reference
Weight
Motor Logic base unit for retrofitting existing Type S starters (2)
00C (1)
39
0 (1)
618
1 (1)
927
1545
3090
45135
Trip Class 10
Trip Class 20
Trip Class 10
Trip Class 20
Trip Class 10
Trip Class 20
Trip Class 10
Trip Class 20
Trip Class 10
Trip Class 20
Trip Class 10
Trip Class 20
Motor Logic solid-state overload relays feature unit

NEMA Size
1/3-pole
Full-load
current
range
A
Open type
kg (lb)
Motor Logic feature unit for separate mounting

00B (1)
00C (1)
0 (1)
1 (1)
2
3
4
1.54.5
39
618
927
1545
3090
45135
Trip Class 10/20

Trip Class 10/20
Trip Class 10/20
Trip Class 10/20
Trip Class 10/20
Trip Class 10/20
Trip Class 10/20
9065 SFB 20
9065 SFC 20
9065 SF 020
9065 SF 120
9065 SF 220
9065 SF 320
9065 SF 420
0.5 (1)
0.5 (1)
0.5 (1.2)
0.5 (1.2)
0.7 (1.5)
1.3 (2.9)
1.6 (3.6)
9065 SFB 20
9065 SFC 20
9065 SF 020
9065 SF 120
9065 ST 220
9065 ST 320
9065 ST 420
9065 ST 520
9065 ST 620
9065 ST 720
0.5 (1)
0.5 (1)
0.5 (1.2)
0.5 (1.2)
0.7 (1.5)
1.3 (2.9)
1.6 (3.6)
0.5 (1.2)
0.5 (1.2)
0.5 (1.2)
Weight
kg (lb)
Motor Logic feature unit for retrofitting existing Type S starters (2)
00B (1)
00C (1)
0 (1)
1 (1)
2
3
4
5 (3)
6 (3)
7 (3)
1.54.5
39
618
927
1545
3090
45135
90270
180540
270810
Trip Class 10/20

Trip Class 10/20
Trip Class 10/20
Trip Class 10/20
Trip Class 10/20
Trip Class 10/20
Trip Class 10/20
Trip Class 10/20
Trip Class 10/20
Trip Class 10/20
Kits
Type
Kit description
For use on
Reference
Lug-lug kit
Lug-extender kit
For separate mounting

For retrofitting existing
Type S starters
9065 Sp (Sizes 00C/0/1 only)

9065 Sp (Sizes 00C/0/1 only)
9999 LLO
9999 LBO
(1) Size supplied without lugs.

(2) For Type S starter references, see pages 1/6 to 1/13.
(3) Replacement for Type S starters with an existing Motor Logic solid-state overload relay. Does not include primary current
transformer or additional components.
page 3/2
3/6
Characteristics:
page 3/3
Dimensions:
page 3/6
References

Motor
Motor
Logic
Logic


NEMA Size
3-phase
531202
00
0
1
2
9065 SPB 4
3
4 (1)
5 (2)
6 (3)
Product
Voltage
current range
A
V
0.52.3
200480
600
29
200480
600
627
200480
600
1045
200480
600
2090
200480
600
60135
200480
600
120270
200480
600
240540
200480
600
Reference
9065 SPB 4
9065 SPB 6
9065 SPC 4
9065 SPC 6
9065 SP 14
9065 SP 16
9065 SP 24
9065 SP 26
9065 SP 34
9065 SP 36
9065 SP 44
9065 SP 46
9065 SP 54
9065 SP 56
9065 SP 64
9065 SP 66
Weight
kg (lb)
1 (3)
1 (3)
1 (3)
1 (3)
1 (3)
1 (3)
1 (3)
1 (3)
1 (3)
1 (3)
1 (3)
1 (3)
1 (3)
1 (3)
1 (3)
1 (3)
Variants of Type S starters

Description
Current range Factory modification

A
Motor Logic
0.52.3
Plus
programmable
29
solid-state
overload relays
(add to the
627
starter
reference)
1045
(4)
2090
60135
120270
240540
Reference Suffix
B20
B24
B30
B34
B40
B44
B50
B54
B60
B64
B70
B74
B80
B84
B90
B94
Weight
kg (lb)
Voltage
Reference
Weight
V
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
9065 SP2 B6
9065 SP2 C6
9065 SP2 16
9065 SP2 26
9065 SP2 36
9065 SP2 46
9065 SP2 56
9065 SP2 66
Motor Logic Plus II programmable solid-state overload relays

NEMA Size
3-phase
SSOLR MLPII.tif
00
0
1
2
3
4 (1)
5 (2)
6 (3)
Product
current range
A
0.52.3
29
627
1045
2090
60135
120270
240540
kg (lb)
1 (3)
1 (3)
1 (3)
1 (3)
1 (3)
1 (3)
1 (3)
1 (3)
Variants of Type S starters

9065 SP2
pages 3/2 and 3/4
Description
Current range Factory modification

A
Motor Logic
0.52.3
Plus
29
programmable
627
solid-state
overload relays 1045
(add to the
2090
starter
60135
reference)
120270
(4)
240540
(1) Size 4 requires the use of external current transformer. Ratio of 150: 5 recommended.
(4) For Type S Open style starter references, see pages 1/6 to 1/13.
Characteristics:
pages 3/3 and 3/5
Reference Suffix
H50
H51
H52
H53
H54
H55
H56
H57
Weight
kg (lb)
Dimensions:
page 3/9
3/7
Dimensions
0
Motor
Motor
Logic
Logic
base unit
feature unit
inch
Dimensions are ----------mm

9065 Spp10 / Spp20
9065 SS 2p0 / SR 2p0 / SF 220 / ST 220

4.28
109
3.91
2.81
99
(1)
71
.31
8
2.23
2.69
57
68
43
3.51
2.19
1.70 1.84
89
56
47
3.24
RESET
82
RESET
1.24
1.00
.27
25
1.59
40
31
.24 Reset
6 Travel
3.90
.28
7
31
99
.36
.24 Reset
6 Travel
1.24
0.00
00
.89
23
3.26
83
(1) 2 holes. 2 slots for 8-32 mounting screws.

9065 SS 3p0 / SR 3p0 / SF 320 / ST 320
9065 SS 4p0 / SR 4p0 / SF 420 / ST 420
5.32
5.32
135
135
4.74
4.74
120
120
3.25
83
.29
1.50
38
3.25
83
.30
8
.29
7
4.45
.30
1.50
38
4.53
115
113
1.08
27
1.08
27
2.96
3.56
75
90
2.26
106
57
RESET
4.16
.31
2.96
3.56
75
2.26
90
.31
5.02
106
RESET
128
5.92
150
.24
10
.24
.38
1.57
1.57
40
40
Reset
Travel
5.33
135
3.80
.32
97
Reset
Travel
.38
1.57
10
40
1.57
40
3.80
5.33
97
135
9065 ST 520
7.38
187
8.25
210
C C C
O O O
M M M 1
3
270
8
6
8
6
220
200
80
160
120
MeterLogic
5.88
149
RESET
2.25
57
7.75
197
page 3/2
3/8
4.16
57
Characteristics:
page 3/3
References:
page 3/6
1.18
30
.32
8
0
Motor
Motor
Logic
Logic

inch
Dimensions are ----------mm

9065 SPB / SPC / SP
1.20
(30,5)
2.20
(55,9)
4.70
(119)
L1
95
NC
0.70
(17,8)
GE
L3
CU
A
C
AV
G
L2L3
2
L
L1
2.28
3.05
(57,9)
(77,5)
LISTED
IND. CONT. EQ.
786X
RESET/
PROGRAM
AA 0149
SUITABLE 5 kA RMS
600 VAC MAX
MADE IN USA
HECHO EN EUA
FABRIQUE AUX E.U.
0.20
(5,08)
0.25
(6,35)
98
2.65
2.03
(67,3)
(51,6)
DISPLAY / PROGRAM
ENT
RR
96
NO
Motor Logic Plus
CONTACT RATING
NEMA B300
7 lb-in (0,8 N m)
L3
9065 SPC4
2.0-9.0 A, SER. B
#RU/ADDR
RD3
#RF
RD2
UCTD
RD1
GF
TC
RUN
CUB
LV
UC
HV
OC
VUB
MULT
2.14
(54,4)
200480 V~
50/60 Hz
L2
MODE SELECT
AVG
5.05
(128)
VOLT
A
(1)
0.65 (16,5)
3.10 (78,7)
0.34
(8,64)
3.60 (91,4)
3.85 (97,8)
4.37 (111)
Motor Logic Plus II programmable solid-state overload relays

9065 SP2 p6
3.85 (97,8)
4.37 (111)
3.60 (91,4)
3.10 (78,7)
2.14
(54,4)
110/120 Vac
50/60 Hz
<5.51
(140)
A1
A2
98
14
96
95
13/23
STATUS
IN 1
TRIP/WARN
IN 2
OUT A
4.70
(119)
0.65 (16,5)
OUT B
IN 3
Motor Logic Plus II

I1 I2
1.20
(30,5)
2.93
(74,4)
1.80
(45,7)
2.20
(55,9)
0.70
(17,8)
I3
I4
IN 4
24
2.65
2.03 (67,3)
(51,6)
2.28
3.05
(57,9)
(77,5)
RESET/TEST
0.25
(6,35)
0.20
(5,08)
0.67
(17,0)
(1) Optional communication module.
pages 3/2 and 3/4
Characteristics:
pages 3/3 and 3/5
References:
page 3/7
3/9
4-
4/0
Contents
4 - Definite Purpose Contactors
b Types DP and DPA Class 8910

v General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4/2
v Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4/6
4/1
General
Definite Purpose Contactors
Types DP and DPA Class 8910
General
Definite purpose contactors are ideal for heating, air conditioning, refrigeration, data
processing and food service equipment. New compact single- and 2-pole contactors
are available, as well as full-size 2-, 3- and 4-pole devices.
531125
531124
Definite purpose contactors
b
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
8910 DP 31 V02
Single-pole contactor
8910 DPA 33 V02

3-pole contactor
Features:
compact design,
industry standard mounting,
double break contacts,
low coil VA,
straight-through wiring,
low cost,
open contact constructions for easier contact inspection,
optional cover over contacts.
They feature quick-connect terminals and binding head screws for easy wiring. Box
lugs are standard on 40 A contactors and larger.
An exclusive DIN track mounting option may reduce installation costs.
Coils can be changed on the Type DPA contactors quickly without a tool.
Auxiliary contact modules snap on either side of the Type DPA contactors.
Contactors with fuse blocks
531257
The DPA fused-type contactor provides an integrally mounted fuse block with fuse
clips electrically connected to the contactor. This factory assembled unit not only
provides space savings but reduces installation cost as well, with only six field
connections for a 3-pole unit and featuring one unit for two functions, i.e., short-circuit
protection for branch circuits and remote or manual power circuit interruption. The
fused contactor thus meets the provisions of the National Electric Code (NEC) Article
424 for overcurrent protection as well as limit controls for fixed electric space heating.
By a unique fuse clip arrangement, these devices can accommodate a variety of
fuses for other electrical or electronic applications. This fused cover accommodates
the Type SC 300 volt fuse, which is UL listed under Type G, as well as the standard
10 mm x 38 mm fuses (1).
Only UL-listed, Class G, K, H or J fuses meet branch circuit requirements when
applied in accordance with NEC Article 240. Supplementary fuses shown may be
used for additional equipment protection as defined in NEC 240-30.
Consult the manufacturer of the selected fuse for proper application.
8910 DPA 23 V02 DFM1

Contactor with fuse block
(1) Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch).
Characteristics:
page 4/3
4/2
References:
pages 4/4 to 4/7
Dimensions:
pages 4/8 and 4/9
Characteristics
Characteristics
Class
Type
8910
DP
11/12
DP
21/22
DP
31/32
DP
41/42
DPA DPA DPA DPA DPA

12/13/ 22/23/ 32/33/ 42/43/ 52/53
14
24
34
44
DPA
62/63
DPA
72/73
DPA
92/93
DPA
122/
123
Environment
NEMA ICS-1, ICS-2
UL 508
UL
CSA
e
Ambient air temperature around the device
Storage
Operation
Operating position
Without derating
V
kV
600
5
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
C
C
- 30
+ 65
040
065
065
Vertical
Number of poles (P)
Rated operational voltage
Up to
Frequency limits
Of the operational current
Conventional thermal current (FLA)
Rated making capacity (LRA)
At 240 V
At 277 V
At 480 V
1, 2
2, 3, 4
600
Hz
A
50/60
20
25
30
40
A
A
A
100
100
125
125
150
150
At 600 V
80
100
120
200
150/
200
150/
160
Resistive rating
At 600 V
30/30
30/35
40/40
600
50/50
2, 3
20
25
30
40
50
60
70
90
120
120
100
150
180
240
300
360
450
540
720
125
150
200
250
300
375
450
600
80
100
120
160
200
240
300
360
480
25
35
40
50
62
75
94
120

Average consumption 60Hz

Inrush
VA
VA
Sealed
Heat dissipation 60 Hz
Sealed
W
Mechanical durability (3)
In thousands of operating cycles
24/
600
30
6
56 (1)
6 (1)
109
10
214
19
700
46
2.5
2.7 (2)
3.3
7.5
14
#14 - #2
#14 - #1/0
500
Power circuit connections

Type of termination
Binding head
screw
Wire sizes (Min./max.) (4)
#14 - #8
Screw Box
clamp lug
terminal
#14 #6
Binding head screw
Box lug
#14 - #8
#14 #6
Control circuit connections

Type of termination
.250" Quick connect
Wire sizes (Min./max.) (4)
.250" Quick connect/binding head screw
Screw
clamp
terminal
#16 - #12
(1) 4-pole has 109 VA inrush, 10 VA sealed.
(2) 4-pole Watts are 3.3.
(3) Operating cycles are without a load (mechanical durability).
(4) Solid or stranded copper wire (AWG).
External auxiliary contacts

Type
Voltage
Making current
Breaking current
Continuous current
General:
page 4/2
aV
aA
aA
A
References:
pages 4/4 to 4/7
9999 D10/D01/D11/D20/SX6/SX7/SX8/SX9/SX10
120 or less
60 (35% power factor)
6 (35% power factor)
10
Dimensions:
pages 4/8 and 4/9
4/3
References
531125
Full-load
Amperes
Locked rotor
Amperes
Resistive Motor power ratings

N/O N/C
load
poles poles
Amperes
(1)
115V
230V
230V
460/575V
single- single- 3-phase 3-phase
277V 480V 575V
phase
phase
A
A
A
A
Basic reference
Add code indicating
control circuit
voltage (2)
Weight
kg (lb)
Compact single-pole contactors

20
25
30
40
100
125
150
240
100
125
150
200
80
100
120
160
25
30
40
50 (3)
1
2
2
2
1.1
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
3
3
5
1.5
2.2
2.2
3.7
1
1
1
1
8910 DP 11 (2)
8910 DP 21 (2)
8910 DP 31 (2)
8910 DP 41 (2)
0.2 (0.5)
0.2 (0.5)
0.2 (0.5)
0.2 (0.5)
1.1
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
3
5
5
1.5
2.2
3.7
3.7
2
2
2
2
8910 DP 12 (2)
8910 DP 22 (2)
8910 DP 32 (2)
8910 DP 42 (2)
0.2 (0.5)
0.2 (0.5)
0.2 (0.5)
0.2 (0.5)
3.7 7.5 5.5 2

3
4
2
1.5 3
2.2 7.5 5.5 10 7.5 2
3
4
2
1.5 5
3.7 10 7.5 15 11 2
3
4
3
2.2 7.5 5.5 10 7.5 20 15 2
3
4
3
2.2 10 7.5 15 11 30 22 2
3
5
3.7 10 7.5 25 18.5 30 22 2
3
5
3.7 15 11 25 18.5 40 30 2
3
7.5 5.5 20 15 30 22 50 37 2
3
10 7.5 25 18.5 40 30 75 55 2
3
8910 DPA 12 (2)

8910 DPA 13 (2)
8910 DPA 14 (2)
8910 DPA 22 (2)
8910 DPA 23 (2)
8910 DPA 24 (2)
8910 DPA 32 (2)
8910 DPA 33 (2)
8910 DPA 34 (2)
8910 DPA 42 (2)
8910 DPA 43 (2)
8910 DPA 44 (2)
8910 DPA 52 (2)
8910 DPA 53 (2)
8910 DPA 62 (2)
8910 DPA 63 (2)
8910 DPA 72 (2)
8910 DPA 73 (2)
8910 DPA 92 (2)
8910 DPA 93 (2)
8910 DPA 122 (2)
8910 DPA 123 (2)
0.5 (1)
0.5 (1)
0.6 (1.3)
0.5 (1)
0.5 (1)
0.6 (1.3)
0.5 (1)
0.5 (1)
0.6 (1.3)
0.5 (1)
0.5 (1)
0.7 (1.5)
0.7 (1.5)
0.7 (1.5)
0.7 (1.5)
0.7 (1.5)
1.6 (3.5)
1.7 (3.7)
1.4 (3)
1.7 (3.7)
2 (4.4)
5.9 (13)
2
2
2
2
8910 DPA 14 (2) Y392

8910 DPA 24 (2) Y392
8910 DPA 34 (2) Y392
8910 DPA 44 (2) Y392
0.6 (1.3)
0.6 (1.3)
0.6 (1.3)
0.7 (1.5)
Compact 2-pole contactors (4)
8910 DPA 33
20
25
30
40
100
125
150
240
100
125
150
200
80
100
120
160
30
35
40
50
1
2
2
2
2-, 3- and 4-pole contactors (4)

20
120
100
80
25
25
150
125
100
35
30
180
150
120
40
40
240
200
160
50
50
300
250
200
62
60
360
300
240
75
75
450
375
300
94
90
540
450
360
120
120
720
600
480
120
1.1 2
1.5 5
4-pole contactors (4)

20
120 100 80
25
1
1.1 2
1.5 5
3.7 7.5 5.5
25
150 125 100
35
2
1.5 3
2.2 7.5 5.5 10 7.5
30
180 150 120
40
2
1.5 5
3.7 10 7.5 15 11
40
240 200 160
50
3
2.2 7.5 5.5 10 7.5 20 15
(1) N/C poles on outside. N/C poles open before N/O poles close.
(2) Standard control circuit voltage for 8910 DP/DPA:
Volts
24
110
120
208240 220
277
50 Hz
V14
V02
V09
60 Hz
V14
V02
V09
V04
Standard control circuit voltage for 8910 DPA 122/DPA 123:
Volts
24
110
120
208
220
230240
50 Hz
V12
V02
V03
60 Hz
V01 (7)
V02
V08
V03
(3) 50 A resistive limited to 277V. All others rated 40 A resistive (above 277V).
(4) Above 240V, all lines must be switched.
(5) Not available for Type 8910 DP 11 to 8910 DP 31 single-pole devices.
(6) Not available for Type 8910 DP single- and 2-pole devices.
(7) Only available on Types 8910 DPA 122/DPA 123.
General:
page 4/2
4/4
Characteristics:
page 4/3
Dimensions:
pages 4/8 and 4/9
2
2
2
2
440
V06 (5)
480
V06 (5)
550
V07 (6)
600
V07 (6)
440
V06
480
V06
550
V07
600
V07
References
531257
Contactors with fuse blocks (1)

Contactors
Fuse
Rating Maximum Dimenrating
sions
voltage (2)
A
8910 DPA 13/23/33/43 3
Class
Suffix to the
contactor reference
(3)
Weight
V
600
mm
10 x 38
CC
(3) DFC1
kg (lb)
0.35 (0.8)
60
480
10 x 57
(3) DFG1
0.35 (0.8)
30
480
10 x 41
(3) DFG2
0.35 (0.8)
30
250
14 x 51
H or K
(3) DFH1
0.35 (0.8)
60
250
20 x 76
H or K
(3) DFH2
0.35 (0.8)
30
600
20 x 57
(3) DFJ1
0.40 (0.9)
60
600
26 x 60
(3) DFJ2
0.40 (0.9)
30
600
10 x 38
(3) DFM1
0.40 (0.9)
30
250
14 x 51
(3) DFR1
0.35 (0.8)
60
250
20 x 76
(3) DFR2
0.35 (0.8)
30
300
14 x 22
(3) DFT1
0.35 (0.8)
60
300
14 x 22
(3) DFT2
0.35 (0.8)
30
600
14 x 22
(3) DFT3
0.40 (0.9)
60
600
25 x 39
(3) DFT4
0.40 (0.9)
8910 DPA 23 V02 DFM1
(1) For dimensions, see page 4/9.

(3) 8910 DPA 13 or 23 or 33 or 43 plus standard control circuit voltage:
Volts
24
110
120
208240 220
277
440
50 Hz
V14
V02
V09
V06
60 Hz
V14
V02
V09
V04
Example: 8910 DPA 33 V02 DFG1.
General:
page 4/2
Characteristics:
page 4/3
480
V06
550
V07
600
V07
Dimensions:
pages 4/8 and 4/9
4/5
References

Accessories
External auxiliary contacts

531258
For use with

Contactor
8910 DPA
Bottom Tabs
Top Hooks
8910 DPA 122/123
Operating Tab
Auxiliary contact
Description
Reference
1 N/O contact
9999 D10
1 N/C contact
9999 D01
1 N/O and 1 N/C contacts
9999 D11
2 N/O contacts
9999 D20
1 N/O contact
9999 SX6
1 N/C contact
9999 SX7
1 N/O and 1 N/C isolated contacts
9999 SX8
1 N/O make before break contact
9999 SX9
1 N/C make before break contact
9999 SX10
Weight
kg (lb)
0.03
(0.07)
0.03
(0.07)
0.04
(0.09)
0.04
(0.09)
0.03
(0.07)
0.03
(0.07)
0.04
(0.09)
0.03
(0.07)
0.03
(0.07)
NEMA 1 general purpose enclosures

For use with
Poles
Reference
Weight
8910 DP (1)
Full-load
Amperes
A
2040
1 and 2
9991 DPG1
kg (lb)
1.1 (2.5)
8910 DPA
2040
2 and 3
9991 DPG1
1.1 (2.5)
50
2 and 3
9991 DPG2
1.8 (4)
2040
9991 DPG2
1.8 (4)
6075
2 and 3
9991 DPG3
3 (7)
90120
2 and 3
9991 DPG4
4 (9)
Variants
Type
For use on
Screw clamp
8910 DPA 1p/2p/3p
terminal connectors
Box lugs
8910 DPA 1p/2p/3p
Suffix to the
contactor reference
(2)
Y122
Y124
Weight
kg (lb)
DIN mounting
8910 DPA 1p/2p/3p/4p/5p/6p
Y135
bracket attachment
(35 mm wide)
(1) Optional contact cover 9999 DRC1, only available for 8910 DP compact single-pole or 2-pole
contactors.
(2) Example: 8910 DPA 12 V02 Y122.
General:
page 4/2
4/6
Characteristics:
page 4/3
Dimensions:
pages 4/8 and 4/9

Accessories
Replacement coils
Type
Replacement
coils
For use on
Poles
Average
consumption
(60 Hz)
Inrush Sealed
VA
VA
8910 DPA 1p/2p/3p/4p 2 and 3 56
6
Basic reference
Weight
Add code
indicating control
circuit voltage (1)
9998 DA1 ppp
kg (lb)
8910 DPA p4
109
10
9998 DA2 ppp
8910 DPA 5p/6p
2 and 3 109
10
9998 DA2 ppp
8910 DPA 7p/9p
2 and 3 214
19
9998 DA3 ppp
Replacement parts kits

Type
Replacement
parts kits
Kit description
For use on
Reference
Contains the necessary

8910 DPA 1p
movable and stationary
contacts, contact springs and 8910 DPA 2p
additional hardware for one pole
9998 DRC1
Weight
kg (lb)
9998 DRC2
8910 DPA 3p
9998 DRC3
8910 DPA 4p
9998 DRC4
8910 DPA 5p
9998 DRC5
8910 DPA 6p
9998 DRC6
8910 DPA 7p
9998 DRC7
8910 DPA 9p
9998 DRC9
8910 DPA 12p
9998 DRC12
Miscellaneous parts
Type
For use on
DIN mounting 8910 DPA

adaptor plate
Volts
24
110
120
208240 220
50 Hz
V14
V02
V09
60 Hz
V14
V02
V09
Example: 9998 DA1 V02.
General:
page 4/2
Characteristics:
page 4/3
Reference
Weight
kg (lb)
9999 DMB1
277
V04
440
V06
480
V06
550
V07
600
V07
Dimensions:
pages 4/8 and 4/9
4/7
Dimensions
0
Dimensions are inch

-----------mm
8910 DP 11/21/31/41 (single-pole)
8910 DP 12/22/32/42 (2-pole)
2.16
2.16
55
55
.83
21
1.63
42
59
21
3.29
2.87
84
73
1.63
2.31
(1) Provisions for #10 or M5 mounting screws.

8910 DPA 14/24/34/44 (4-pole/2040 A)
2.50
3.17
64
.25
81
2.00
51
79
38
13
.46
2.25
.25 .81
21
1.55
12
3.12
1.50
.50
4.00
3.25
3.75
102
83
3.11
57
79
39
4.00
3.25
.51
13

8910 DPA 7p/9p (2 and 3-pole/7590 A)
2.11
1.54
39
.23
6
3.27
.07
2
.09
4.06
3.72
94
103
83
2.56
85
.26
2.87
.44
2.50
54
.24
(1)
95
(1)

8910 DPA 5p/6p (2 and 3-pole/5060 A)
6
3.75
102
83
95
(1)
.23
73
84
(1)

8910 DPA 12/13/22/23/32/33/42/43 (2 and 3-pole/2040 A)
2.87
3.29
42
59
(1)
.25
57
.83
2.31
2.22
.27
42
57
42
1.63
2.22
.27
1.63
3.67
93
11
73
.26
.06
4.63
5.20
64
4.44
113
118
3.39
86
5.12
132
130
4.37
(1)
111
General:
page 4/2
References:
pages 4/4 to 4/7
4/8
Characteristics:
page 4/3
.39
10
Dimensions
0
Dimensions are inch

-----------mm
8910 DPA 122/123 (120 A)

5.38
137
4.75
.31
8
121
1.50
.31
8
38
6.50
.12
165
6.03
153
6.63
168
6.86
174
(1)
(1) Provision for 1/4" mounting screw.
Contactors with fuse blocks

(2)
A
8910 DPA p3 ppp DFC1
91
8910 DPA p3 ppp DFG1
91
8910 DPA p3 ppp DFG2
91
8910 DPA p3 ppp DFH1
91
8910 DPA p3 ppp DFH2
107
8910 DPA p3 ppp DFJ1
91
8910 DPA p3 ppp DFJ2
119
8910 DPA p3 ppp DFM1
91
8910 DPA p3 ppp DFR1
91
8910 DPA p3 ppp DFR2
107
8910 DPA p3 ppp DFT1
91
91
119
119
(2) Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch)
Top View
A
Side View
B
150
155
150
150
168
150
152
150
152
168
150
150
155
150
C
117
119
114
119
135
132
135
117
119
136
114
114
114
114
General:
page 4/2
Characteristics:
page 4/3
References:
pages 4/4 to 4/7
4/9
5/0
Contents
5 - Lighting Contactors
b Multipole lighting contactors, Types L, LX and S Class 8903

b Multipole lighting contactors, Types L and LX Class 8903
b Multipole lighting contactors, Type S Class 8903
b Multipole lighting contactors, Types L, LX and S Class 8903
v Variants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/8
5/1
Lighting Contactors
General,
characteristics
Multipole lighting contactors

Types L, LX and S Class 8903
General
531221
531222
Lighting contactors have evolved from the need for more

than just simple on-off manual control of lights. Today's
requirements call for the development of new and varied
types of control. Often the application will call for remote
control of lighting from some distant location. This control
may not be in addition to a master control station at a
central location. Certain applications include the use of
automatic control by time clocks or photoelectric cells.
Whatever the need may be, applications are increasing and
lighting contactors are designed to meet the ever-changing
requirements.
8903 Lp
Electrically held
8903 LXp
Mechanically held
Typical installations include:

b Parking lots.
b Industrial plants.
b Office buildings.
b Theatres and auditoriums.
b Hospitals and institutions.
b Shopping centres.
b Stadiums.
b Airports.
531224
Multipole lighting contactors, Types L and LX Class 8903
531223
Features:
b 30 A fluorescent lighting rating.
b 20 A tungsten lighting rating.
b Electrically and mechanically held.
b 2 to 12-pole versions.
b Field-convertible contacts with N/O and N/C indicators (8 N/C contacts maximum).
Multipole lighting contactors, Type S Class 8903

Features:
b 30800 A lighting ratings.
b Electrically and mechanically held.
b 2- to 5-pole versions (5-pole to 200 A).
b UL-listed short-circuit rating up to 100 000 A.
b Mixed load ratings (lighting and motor).
b Factory-wired controls and clearly marked termination points.
8903 Spp pp
Mechanically held
8903 Spp p
Electrically held
Characteristics
Class
Type
8903
Lp/LXp
SMp
SPp
SQp
SVp
SXp
SYp
SZp
SJp
Environment

around the device
Max. operating altitude
Operating position
Conforming to UL, CSA aV
Storage
Operation
Without derating
Without derating
C
C
m
600
NEMA ICS-1, ICS-2, UL 508, CSA 22-2 n 14
UL, CSA
- 30+ 65
0+ 40
2000
Vertical
Power circuit connections

Type of termination
(AWG)
Screw clamp terminal Box lug

#14#10 #14#8 #14#2 #14#2/0 (1)
(1)

wire
#6350 #4600 #6350 #4600 #30/0

MCM (1) MCM (1) MCM (1) MCM (1) 750MCM
(2)
(3)
(3)
(1) (4)
(1) Solid or stranded aluminium wire. (2) Two wires #4250 MCM. (3) Two holes. (4) Four holes.
Control circuit connections

Type of termination
Wire sizes (Min./max.) Solid or stranded copper wire (AWG)

#16#12
Number of poles (P)
Rated operating voltage
Up to
Frequency limits
Of the operating current
Conventional thermal current (FLA)
Rated making capacity
Tungsten
Ballast
Resistance heating rating
At 600V
aV
Hz
A
A
A
A
212
25
600
50/60
30
10 x rated current
3 x rated current
20
30
23
60
100
200
300
400
600
800
60
100
200
300
400
600
800
1300
14
1300
14
13
2970
1780
48
1495
56
32
27
1530
2970
1250
2000
500
1500

aV
Average consumption 60Hz Inrush

Electrically held
Sealed
Average consumption 50Hz Inrush
Electrically held
Sealed
Heat dissipation 60Hz
Electrically held - Sealed
Heat dissipation 50Hz
Electrically held - Sealed
Inrush 60 Hz
Latch coil
Mechanically held
Unlatch coil
Inrush 50 Hz
Latch coil
Mechanically held
Unlatch coil
Mechanical durability
Electrically held
In x 103 of operating cycles
Mechanically held
VA
VA
VA
VA
W
W
VA
VA
VA
VA
References:
pages 5/4 to 5/9
5/2
Dimensions:
pages 5/10 and 5/11
24600
(26P)
(812P)
150/180
30/35
140/170
30/35
6.5/9.5
150/180
25/25
140/170
4000
1000
24600
24600 (23P)
110600 (45P)
110600
245
27
232
26
7.8
7.7
245
140
232
311/438
37/38
296/429
36/37
14/14
12/12
311/438
140/140
296/429
1185
89
1260
89
22
23
973
550
10,000
700/1185
41/89
678/1260
47/89
14/22
15/23
700/973
550/550
678/
3000
1960
59
36
2100
500
Lighting Contactors

Electrical characteristics (continued)

Class
8903
Type
Lp/LXp SMp
SPp
SQp
SVp
SXp
SYp
SZp
SJp
Contactor continuous rating
A
30
30
60
100
200
300
400
600 (1) 800
a Voltage ratings
Tungsten lamp loads
Single-pole to load
a V 20 A/277 277
a V 20 A/480 480
2-pole to load on single-phase and 3-pole to load on

3-phase
Ballast loads
Single-pole to load
a V 277 (2) 347
a V 480 (2) 600
3-phase
Resistive loads
Single-pole to load
a V 20 A/600 600
a V 20 A/600 600
3-phase
c Voltage ratings
Tungsten lamp or resistance loads
2-pole in series
cV
125
250
3-pole in series
cV
20 A/250 250
UL-listed short-circuit rating
Contactors protected by fused disconnect switches
Maximum Class RK5 fuse rating
A
30
30
60
100
200
400
400
V
600
480
600
Maximum voltage
kA
100
30 (5)
Available Amperes (RMS sym)
Contactors protected by circuit breakers
Maximum circuit breaker rating
A
25
40
80/90
125
250/225 400
800
800
1200
Thermal-magnetic
Recommended circuit breaker type
V
240/480 480/600/480
600/480
600
Maximum voltage
Available Amperes (RMS sym)
kA
22/14
10/5/100 18/14/100 10/100 14/100 22/100 22
30
Kilowatt ratings (3)
Voltage
a 200 V
kW
6.9
10.3
20.7
34.6
69.2
103.9
138.5
207.8
277.1
a 230 V
kW
7.9
11.9
23.9
39.8
79.6
119.5
159.3
239
318.7
kW
13.1
19.7
39.4
65.8
131.6
197.4
263.2
394.9
526.5
a 380 V
kW
15.9
23.9
47.8
79.8
159.3
239
318.6
478
637.4
a 460 V
a 575 V
kW
19.9
30
60
99
199
299
398.4
597.6
796.7
Size 1
Size 2
Size 3
Size 4
Size 5
Size 6
Size 6
Size 7
Motor power ratings equivalent to NEMA Size contactor
Mixed load ratings
Percent lighting (and/or resistive) load: 0%
Motor voltage and phases (4)
200 V / 3-phase
Max. motor
hp
7.5
10
25
40
75
125
150
250
230 V / 3-phase
Max. motor
hp
7.5
15
30
50
100
150
200
300
hp
10
25
50
75
150
250
300
400
380 V / 3-phase
Max. motor
hp
10
25
50
100
200
300
400
600
460575 V / 3-phase Max. motor
115 V / single-phase
Max. motor
hp
2
3
7.5
hp
3
7.5
15
Max. motor
Percent lighting (and/or resistive) load: 75%
200 V / 3-phase
Max. non-motor
A
22.5
45
75
150
225
300
450
600
hp
1.5
3
5
15
20
30
50
60
Max. motor
A
22.5
45
75
150
225
300
450
600
230 V / 3-phase
Max. non-motor
Max. motor
hp
2
3
7.5
15
25
30
50
75
A
22.5
45
75
150
225
300
450
600
380 V / 3-phase
Max. non-motor
hp
3
7.5
10
30
40
60
75
125
Max. motor
460575 V / 3-phase Max. non-motor
A
22.5
45
75
150
225
300
450
600
hp
3
10
15
30
50
75
100
150
Max. motor
A
22.5
45
75
Max. non-motor
Max. motor
hp
0.33
0.75
2
22.5
45
75
Max. non-motor
hp
0.75
2
3
Max. motor
(1) 600 A devices are derated to 540 A for resistance heating loads when aluminium wire is used.
(2) Types L and LX contactors also have a ballast lamp rating of 15 A/a 347 V when connected single-pole to load and a 600 V when connected 2-pole to load on
single-phase and 3-pole to load on 3-phase.
(3) Resistance heating only (3-phase system).
(4) Select lighting contactor on basis of rated motor voltage, whether non-motor load is connected line-to-line or line-to-neutral.
(5) 30 kA also applies for Class J and Class K5, time-delay, 600 A maximum fuses. Additionally, 30 kA ratings apply to Class T, 1200 A maximum and Class L,
1600 A maximum fuses.
References:
pages 5/4 to 5/9
Dimensions:
pages 5/10 and 5/11
5/3
References
Lighting Contactors

Types L and LX Class 8903
Multipole lighting contactors, Types L and LX (4)
531217
Contact
Ampere
ratings
Number
of
poles
Enclosure type (1)
Basic reference (2)

Weight
Add code
indicating control
circuit voltage (3) and
enclosure type (5)
kg (lb)
Open (O), NEMA 1 (G),

NEMA 1+ (F), NEMA 12 (A)
8903 L (2) 20 (3)
1.3 (2.8)
8903 L (2) 30 (3)
1.3 (2.8)
8903 L (2) 40 (3)
1.3 (2.8)
8903 L (2) 60 (3)
1.5 (3.2)
8903 L (2) 80 (3)
1.7 (3.7)
8903 L (2) 1000 (3)
1.9 (4.1)
8903 L (2) 1200 (3)
2 (4.4)
Electrically held
30
2
3
4
6
8903 LO 60 ppp
531218
8
10
12
Mechanically held
30

8903 LX (2) 20 (3)
2 (4.4)
3
8903 LX (2) 30 (3)
2.1 (4.6)
4
8903 LX (2) 40 (3)
2.1 (4.6)
6
8903 LX (2) 60 (3)
2.3 (5)
8
8903 LX (2) 80 (3)
2.4 (5.4)
10
8903 LX (2) 1000 (3)
2.6 (5.8)
12
8903 LX (2) 1200 (3)
2.8 (6)
(1) Open: separate enclosures are available for these devices. Delivery time might be improved
by ordering an open-type contactor and a separate Class 9991 enclosure; please consult your
regional sales office.
NEMA 1: general purpose enclosure.
NEMA 1+: flush-mounting, general-purpose enclosure with plaster adjustment.
NEMA 12: dust-tight and drip-tight industrial-use enclosure.
(2) Insert "O" for Open , "G" for NEMA 1, "F" for NEMA 1+, "A" for NEMA 12. Example: 8903 LO 20 V02.
Volts
24
110
120
208
220
240
277
440
480
50 Hz
V02
V03
V06
60 Hz
V01
V02
V08
V03
V04
V06
(4) All lighting contactors are provided with separate control as standard.
(5) Factory conversion of N/O contacts to N/C, order following the example below.
Example: for 2 N/O + 2 N/C (NEMA 1 enclosure) the reference is 8903 LG 22.
There is a maximum of eight N/C poles for Type 8903 L contactors and a maximum of six
N/C poles for Type 8903 LX contactors (field conversion only). Versions are available with up
to 12 N/C poles (factory only).
531220
8903 LO 80 ppp
531219
8903 LO 1200 ppp
8903 LXO 1200 ppp
pages 5/2 and 5/3
5/4
Dimensions:
pages 5/10 and 5/11
References
Lighting Contactors

Type S Class 8903
Multipole lighting contactors, Type S (4)

531223_1
Contact
Ampere
ratings
Number
of
poles
Enclosure type (1)
Basic reference (2)

Add code
indicating control
circuit voltage (3)
and enclosure type
Weight
kg (lb)
Electrically held
30
600
4
5
2
3
4
5
2
3
2
3
2

8903 SM (2) 1 (3)
8903 SM (2) 2 (3)
8903 SM (2) 3 (3)
8903 SM (2) 4 (3)
8903 SP (2) 1 (3)
8903 SP (2) 2 (3)
8903 SP (2) 3 (3)
8903 SP (2) 4 (3)
8903 SQ (2) 1 (3)
8903 SQ (2) 2 (3)
Open (O), NEMA 1 (G), NEMA 12 (A) 8903 SQ (2) 3 (3)
Open (O), NEMA 1 (G), NEMA 12 (A) 8903 SV (2) 1 (3)
Open (O), NEMA 1 (G), NEMA 12 (A) 8903 SX (2) 1 (3)
Open (O), NEMA 1 (G), NEMA 12 (A) 8903 SY (2) 1 (3)
Open (O), NEMA 1 (G), NEMA 12 (A) 8903 SZ (2) 1 (3)
800
3
2

Open (O), NEMA 1 (G), NEMA 12 (A) 8903 SJ (2) 1 (3)
3
4
5
8903 SQO 1 ppp
60
2
3
4
5
100
2
3
200
300
400
1.4 (3.1)
1.4 (3.1)
1.7 (3.7)
1.7 (3.7)
2.4 (5.3)
2.5 (5.5)
3.1 (6.9)
3.3 (7.2)
9.9 (22)
9.9 (22)
15.5 (34)
28.4 (63)
14.5 (32)
14.5 (32)
29.4 (65)
29.4 (65)
23.6 (52)
31.3 (69)
43.5 (96)
45 (99)
61.2
(135)
63 (139)
85.2
(188)
87.9
(193)
(1) Open: separate enclosures are available for 30, 60 and 100 A devices.
(2) Insert "O" for Open , "G" for NEMA 1, "F" for NEMA 1+, "A" for NEMA 12.
Example: 8903 SMO 1 V02.
Volts
24
110
120
208
220
240
277
440
480
50 Hz
V02
V03
V06
60 Hz
V01
V02
V08
V03
V04
V06
(4) All lighting contactors are provided with separate control as standard, except electrically held
400, 600 and 800 A devices. Electrically held 400, 600 and 800 A devices are provided with
common control.
pages 5/2 and 5/3
Dimensions:
pages 5/10 and 5/11
5/5
Lighting Contactors

Type S, Class 8903
Multipole lighting contactors, Type S (continued) (4)

531224_1
Contact
Ampere
ratings
Number
of
poles
Enclosure type (1)
Basic reference (2)

Add code
indicating control
circuit voltage (3)
and enclosure type
Weight
kg (lb)
Mechanically held
30

8903 SM (2) 10 (3)
8903 SM (2) 11 (3)
8903 SM (2) 12 (3)
8903 SM (2) 13 (3)
8903 SP (2) 10 (3)
8903 SP (2) 11 (3)
8903 SP (2) 12 (3)
8903 SP (2) 13 (3)
8903 SQ (2) 10 (3)
8903 SQ (2) 11 (3)
400
600
3
2

800
3
2

3
4
5
60
2
3
8903 SMO 10 ppp
4
5
100
2
3
200
300
2.9 (6.5)
2.7 (5.9)
3 (6.8)
3.8 (8.3)
3.9 (8.6)
4 (8.8)
5.3
(11.7)
5.3
(11.7)
8 (18)
8.4
(18.6)
9.6
(21.1)
9.6
(21.1)
19,9
(43,8)
20.5
(45.4)
28.5
(62.9)
31.2
(68.9)
31.2
(68.9)
38.7
(85.4)
39 (86.2)
61.2
(135)
63 (139)
85
(187.6)
87.9
(194)
(1) Open: separate enclosures are available for 30, 60 and 100 A devices.
(2) Insert: "O" for Open , "G" for NEMA 1, "F" for NEMA 1+, "A" for NEMA 12.
Example: 8903 SMO 10 V02.
Volts
24
110
120
208
220
240
277
440
480
50 Hz
V02
V03
V06
60 Hz
V01
V02
V08
V03
V04
V06
(4) All lighting contactors are provided with separate control as standard, except electrically held
400, 600 and 800 A devices. Electrically held 400, 600 and 800 A devices are provided with
common control.
pages 5/2 and 5/3
5/6
Dimensions:
pages 5/10 and 5/11
References
Lighting Contactors

Accessories
531225
531226
Kits
Type
Kit description
For use on
Reference
Weight
kg (lb)
8903 LO 60/80
8903 LXO 60/80
8903 LO 80/1000 (1)
8903 LXO 80/1000 (1)
8903 L1L
8903 L1R
8903 L3L
8903 L3R
9999 SB6
9999 SB21
9999 SB7
9999 SB22
9999 SB8
9999 SB23
9999 SB9
9999 SB24
9999 SB10
9999 SB25
Power-pole adder kits
8903 L1L
8903 L1R
Power-pole adder kits Single pole

(used to add 30 A
power poles to existing
Double pole
contactors when
additional circuits are
required)
531227
531228
Single-pole and double-pole kits

Single-pole kits
(2)
Double-pole kits
(2)
8903 L3L
8903 L3R
1 N/O
8903 SMp
8903 SPp (3)
1 N/C
8903 SMp
8903 SPp (3)
1 N/O and 1 N/C 8903 SMp
8903 SPp (3)
2 N/O
8903 SMp
8903 SPp (3)
2 N/C
8903 SMp
8903 SPp (3)
Solid neutral terminal block kits
Type
Kit description
Solid neutral terminal 30/60/100 A

block kits
200/300 A
400/600/800 A
For use on
8903 L/LX/SM/SP/SQ 9999 SN1

8903 SV/SX
9999 SN2
8903 SY/SZ/SJ
9999 SN3
Reference
Weight
kg (lb)
Mechanically held
Push button (On-Off)
Selector switch
(2-position)
Selector switch
(3-position)
Two-wire control relay
Suffix R6 (5)
NEMA 1 enclosure
8903 Lp/LXp
8903 SPp/SQp/SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp
NEMA 12 enclosure
8903 Lp/LXp/SMp/SPp/SQp/SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp
NEMA 1 enclosure
8903 Lp/LXp
8903 SMp/SPp/SQp/SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp
NEMA 12 enclosure
NEMA 1 enclosure
8903 Lp/LXp
(must include two-wire control relay) 8903 SMp/SPp/SQp/SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp
NEMA 12 enclosure
8903 Lp/LXp
8903 SMp/SPp/SQp/SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp
9999 BLX + 9999 LXPB

9001 KA2 + 9999 SA3 (4)
9001 KA2 + 9999 SA3 (4)
9999 BLX + 9999 LXS
9001 KN244 + 9001 KS11BH1
9001 KN244 + 9001 KS11BH1
9999 BLX + 9999 SC2
9001 KN260 + 9001 KS46BH2
9001 KN260 + 9001 KS46BH2
9999 RLX + CA2SK11
8501 X011
Electrically held
Pilot lights (red)
NEMA 1 and NEMA 12 enclosures 8903 Lp/LXp

9999 SP28R
8903 SMp
9999 SP2R + 9999 SP28R
8903 SPp
9999 SP3R + 9999 SP28R
8903 SQp
9999 SP14R + 9999 SP28R (6)
8903 SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp
9999 SP28R + 9999 SP28R (7)
Push buttons (8)

NEMA 1 enclosure
8903 Lp/LXp
9999 BLX + 9999 SA10
8903 SMp/SPp
9999 SA10
8903 SQp/SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp
9999 SA3
NEMA 12 enclosure
8903 Lp/LXp/SMp/SPp/SQp/SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp 9999 SA3
Selector switch
NEMA 1 enclosure
8903 Lp/LXp
9999 BLX + 9999 SC22
(2-position)
8903 SMp/SPp/SQp
9999 SC22
9001 KN244 + 9001 KS11BH1
NEMA 12 enclosure
8903 Lp/LXp/SMp/SPp/SQp/SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp 9001 KN244 + 9001 KS11BH1
Selector switch
NEMA 1 enclosure
8903 Lp/LXp
9999 BLX + 9999 SC2
(3-position)
8903 SMp/SPp/SQp
9999 SC2
9999 SC8
NEMA 12 enclosure
8903 Lp/LXp/SMp/SPp/SQp/SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp 9999 SC8
(1) Single-pole power pole must be removed before double-pole power pole can be installed.
(2) A single-pole or double-pole kit can be added to any 2- or 3-pole, 30 or 60 A Type S lighting contactor to make a 4- or 5-pole device. Factory assembled 4- and
5-pole contactors use the basic 3-pole device with a single- or double-pole kit installed. Only one power pole can be added per contactor. Sufficient room is
provided in all enclosure styles for the addition of the power pole kit.
(3) When power pole is added to a 60 A contactor (8903 SPp), a 4-pole coil is also required. 60 A power poles are suitable for use with copper or aluminium wire.
(4) Mechanically held contactors need two distinct signals to operate. It is necessary to add a N/O contact block to the Class 9999 Type SA3 push button kit.
(5) Form R6 available for 24 V, 120 V, 240 V and 277 V only.
(6) Choice for 2- or 3-pole only; for 4- or 5-pole, use Class 9999 SP15R.
(7) The coil voltage must be the same as the pilot light rating. Kit contains one Class 9001 KP1R6 (120 V / 60 Hz) red pilot light control unit. For other voltages, refer
to the Class 9001 KP control section of the Digest.
(8) Requires holding circuit interlock or additional power pole on Type L devices.
pages 5/2 and 5/3
Dimensions:
pages 5/10 and 5/11
5/7
References
Lighting Contactors

Variants
Variants
Type
Enclosure
type
NEMA 1,
NEMA 12
Any
For use on
Description
Mechanically held
Pulsed contact
Suffix to the lighting

Weight
contactor reference (1) kg (lb)
A3
Electrically held
With holding circuit interlock
A12
(2)
(2)
C6
NEMA 1,
NEMA 12
NEMA 1,
NEMA 12
Electrically held,
Mechanically held
Electrically held,
Mechanically held
Electrically held,
Mechanically held
Electrically held,
Mechanically held
Electrically held,
Mechanically held
Noise-reduced enclosure and shockmounted panel
Any
Electrically held
1 fuse
2 fuses
F
F4
F4T
FF4T
FF4T11
FF4T12
FF4T13
G4
Addition of photoelectric receptacle
NEMA 1,
NEMA 12
Electrically held
With photo-cell installed

And relay R6 (4)
With photo-cell installed (4)
Wired
Unwired
G10
G101
G10R6
G101R6
G56pp
G50pp
G53
24 hour (120127 V only)

24 hour w/day omission (120127 V only)
7 day (120127 V only)
K14
K141
K142
N
"ON-OFF" push button

"ON-OFF" push button
"HAND-OFF-AUTO" selector switch
"ON-OFF" selector switch
Control circuit fuses
standard capacity (50/60 Hz) (3)
Additional capacity
(50/60 Hz) Two fuses in primary and
one fuse in secondary (3)
NEMA 1,
NEMA 12
NEMA 1,
NEMA 12
Any
Mechanically held
Addition of terminal blocks

(other than standard) (5)
Any
Bracketing for internally mounted pilot

device
Any
Addition of time clock
NEMA 1,
NEMA 12
Electrically held,
Mechanically held
Electrically held,
Mechanically held
Electrically held,
Mechanically held
Addition of solid neutral terminal block
NEMA 1,
NEMA 12
Electrically held,
Mechanically held
(1) Example: 8903 LXG 20 V02 A3.

(2) To substitute a key operated selector switch, use suffix "C33" and specify positions, legend marking and key removal. This suffix must be used with another
selector switch suffix.
(3) Control circuit transformer selection table:
Primary-secondary
120-24
208-120
240-24
240-120
277-120
480-24
480-120
480-240
600-120
60 Hz
V89
V84
V82
V80
V85
V83
V81
V87
V86
(4) Available for 24 V, 120 V, 240 V and 277 V applications only.
(5) At the end of suffix, pp represents the number of terminals needed.
pages 5/2 and 5/3
5/8
Dimensions:
pages 5/10 and 5/11
Lighting Contactors

Variants
Variants (continued)
Type
Red pilot light
Enclosure
type
Any
For use on
Description
Electrically held,
Mechanically held
Electrically held,
Mechanically held
Electrically held,
Mechanically held
Electrically held,
Mechanically held
Mechanically held
Electrically held,
Mechanically held
Mechanically held
Suffix to the lighting

Weight
contactor reference (1) kg (lb)
P1
Two or more lights (each) (2)
Any
Red push-to-test pilot light
Any
P21
Interlock
Any
Necessary for pilot light, one needed for

each additional pilot light
(4)
(3)
Two-wire interfaces
Addition of under- and overvoltage relay
Any
Any
R6
R44
Three-wire control for long distance

applications
Any
(4)
R62
Auxiliary contacts (5)
Any
Electrically held,
Mechanically held
0 N/O + 1 N/C
0 N/O + 2 N/C
0 N/O + 3 N/C
0 N/O + 4 N/C
1 N/O + 0 N/C
1 N/O + 1 N/C
1 N/O + 2 N/C
1 N/O + 3 N/C
2 N/O + 0 N/C
2 N/O + 1 N/C
2 N/O + 2 N/C
3 N/O + 0 N/C
3 N/O + 1 N/C
4 N/O + 0 N/C
X01
X02
X03
X04
X10
X11
X12
X13
X20
X21
X22
X30
X31
X40
Y48
Addition of DC coil to Type L

(7 poles maximum)
Any
Electrically held
Coil transient suppressor

(a 120 V only)
Any
Addition of lightning arrestor
Any
Substitute copper only lugs for standard
Any
Substitute Anderson VC crimp style lugs

for standard (per lug adder), specify lug
Any
Electrically held,
Mechanically held
Electrically held,
Mechanically held
Electrically held,
Mechanically held
Electrically held,
Mechanically held
Y145
Y1532
Y157
Y1574
(1) Example: 8903 LXG 20 V02 P1.

(2) For electrically held enclosed devices, the first pilot light is wired in parallel with the coil. Operating interlocks are required for all additional pilot lights.
Mechanically held devices require operating interlocks for all pilot lights.
(3) Do not use suffix "X" for any interlock which is wired in series with pilot light, but do specify how pilot light and interlock are to be wired into the circuit.
(4) Available for 24 V, 120 V, 240 V and 277 V applications only.
(5) Electrically held (Type L) multipole contactors cannot add interlocks. Additional poles can be used for the same function, however. Mechanically held (Type LX)
contactors provide one double-throw auxiliary (or status) contact as standard.
Maximum number of external auxiliary units:
Contactor
Maximum number
8903 SM/SP
4 N/O or 4 N/C
3 N/O or N/C plus 1 attached timer (on- or off-delay)
2 N/O or N/C plus 1 power-pole adder (single- or 2-pole, N/O or N/C)
1 attached timer plus 1 power-pole adder (single- or 2-pole, N/O or N/C) plus auxiliary contact
8903 SQ/SV/SY
4 N/O or N/C
(Size 3 and Size 4)
8903 SQ/SV/SY
(Size 5)
8903 SZ/SJ
4 N/O or N/C
pages 5/2 and 5/3
Dimensions:
pages 5/10 and 5/11
5/9
Lighting Contactors
Dimensions
0

8903 LO/LXO
A
C
Mtg
B
D
Mtg
2.25
57
F
Mtg
8903 LO 20/30/40
8903 LO 60
8903 LO 80/1000/1200
8903 LXO 20/30/40
8903 LXO 60
8903 LXO 80/1000/1200
A
73
108
143
73
108
143
B
127
127
127
C
117
117
117
224
224
224
E
79
79
79
83
83
83
8903 SMO 1/2

8903 SMO 3/4
8903 SPO 1/2
8903 SPO 3/4
8903 SQO 1/2
8903 SQO 3/4
8903 SVO 1/2
8903 SVO 3/4
8903 SXO 1/2
8903 SYO 1/2
8903 SZO 1/2
8903 SJO 1/2
8903 SMO 10/11
8903 SMO 12/13
8903 SPO 10/11
8903 SPO 12/13
8903 SQO 10/11
8903 SQO 12/13
8903 SVO 10/11
8903 SVO 12
8903 SXO 13/14
8903 SYO 16/17
8903 SZO 18/19
8903 SJO 10/11
A
110
110
135
158
180
199
232
232
313
182
182
210
221
257
268
293
293
313
B
82
108
110
143
139
248
152
248
220
313
313
313
96
116
117
150
151
248
152
248
220
220
220
220
C
107
107
125
125
165
165
165
165
222
229
229
303
119
119
133
133
171
171
171
171
267
267
267
303
706
706
1085
533
533
898
A
386
386
610
610
341
341
610
610
386
386
610
610
787
B
227
227
445
445
183
183
445
445
227
227
445
445
425
C
194
194
381
381
149
149
381
381
194
194
381
381
362
D
327
327
489
489
283
283
489
489
327
327
489
489
667
E
138
138
181
181
121
121
146
146
138
138
146
146
203
196
196
196
8903 SpO
D
5
B
8903 LF/LXF/SpF
E
Enclosure
pages 5/2 and 5/3
5/10
Saddle
References:
pages 5/4 to 5/9
Class/Type
8903 LF
8903 LXF
8903 LF
8903 LXF
8903 SMF
8903 SMF 1
8903 SMF 1/2/3/4
8903 SMF 1
8903 SPF 1/2/3/4
8903 SPF 1
8903 SPF 1/2/3/4
8903 SPF 1
8903 SQF
Variants
F/R6/Y48
F/R6/Y48
A3/A12/C/C6/P
A3/A12/C/C6/P
A12/C/C6/P/X
X
N
A3/C/C6/N/P/R6
A12/C/C6/P/X
X
N
A3/C/C6/N/P/R6
F
278
278
233
233
278
278
G
130
130
114
114
130
130
Lighting Contactors
0

8903 LG/LXG/SpG
Class/Type
8903 LG
8903 LXG
8903 LG
8903 LXG
8903 LG
8903 LXG
8903 SMG 1/2/3/4
8903 SMG 1
8903 SMG 1/2/3/4
8903 SMG 1
8903 SMG 1
8903 SPG 1/2/3/4
8903 SPG
8903 SPG 1
8903 SQG 1/2
8903 SQG 10/11
8903 SQG 1/2
8903 SQG 10/11
8903 SQG 3/4
8903 SQG 12/13
8903 SQG 3/4
8903 SQG 12/13
8903 SQG 3/4
8903 SQG 12/13
8903 SVG
8903 SXG
8903 SYG
8903 SZG
8903 SJG
Variants
A3/A12/C/C6/F/R6/Y48
A3/A12/C/C6/F/R6/Y48
P
P
K14/K141/K142
K14/K141/K142
A12/C/C6/P/X
X
N
N/R6
A3/C/C6/P
A12/C/C6/P/X
N/R6
A3/C/C6/P/X
A12/C/C6/F/P/X
F/X
N/R6/Kppp
A3/C/C6/N/R6/Kppp
A12/C/C6/F/P/X
F/X
Kppp
A3/C/C6
N/R6
N/R6
Width
198
198
302
302
406
406
152
152
378
378
206
198
378
206
286
286
461
461
286
286
461
461
563
563
563
437
513
513
876
Class/Type
8903 LA
8903 LXA
8903 LA
8903 LXA
8903 SMA 1/2/3/4
8903 SMA 1
8903 SMA 1/2/3/4
8903 SMA 1
8903 SPA 1/2/3/4
8903 SPA 1
8903 SPA 1/2/3/4
8903 SPA 1
8903 SQA 1/2
8903 SQA 10/11
8903 SQA 3/4
8903 SQA 12/13
8903 SQA 3/4
8903 SQA 12/13
8903 SVA
8903 SXA
8903 SYA
8903 SZA
Variants
F/R6/Y48
F/R6/Y48
A3/A12/C/C6/P
A3/A12/C/C6/P
A12/C/C6/P/X
F/P/X
N/R6
A3/C/C6/N/P/R6
A12/C/C6/P/X
A3/C/C6/P/X
N/R6
A3/C/C6/N/P/R6
A12/C/C6/F/N/R6/P/X
A3/C/C6/F/N/P/R6/X
A12/C/C6/F/N/P/Kppp
A3/C/C6/P/Kppp
N/R6/Kppp
N/R6/Kppp
A
206
206
302
302
162
162
378
378
206
206
378
378
461
461
461
461
563
563
563
437
513
513
Height
322
322
302
302
559
559
254
254
359
359
359
322
359
359
639
639
740
740
639
639
740
740
994
994
994
1123
1670
1670
2362
Depth
153
153
189
189
181
181
134
134
192
192
247
153
192
247
288
288
234
234
288
288
234
234
260
260
260
325
333
333
597
8903 LA/LXA/SpA
D
A
E
F
C
J (1)
I
(1) 4 diameter mounting holes
B
216
216
197
197
217
217
200
200
236
236
200
200
234
234
234
234
260
260
260
339
330
330
C
D
400 40
400 40
343 97
343 97
324 40
324 40
406 65
406 65
406 40
406 40
400 65
400 65
800 78
800 78
800 78
800 78
1054 78
1054 78
1054 78
1193 104
1651 104
1651 104
E
127
127
108
108
83
83
248
248
127
127
248
248
305
305
305
305
406
406
406
229
305
305
F
G
381 8
381 8
324 10
324 10
305 10
305 10
381 13
381 13
381 13
381 13
381 10
381 10
775 13
775 13
775 13
775 13
1029 13
1029 13
1029 15
1168 13
1625 13
1625 13
H
54
54
125
125
90
90
93
93
93
93
93
93
93
93
93
93
93
93
93
117
135
135
I
375
375
460
460
318
318
540
540
391
391
540
540
678
678
678
678
805
805
805
719
784
784
J
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
14
18
18
8903 SJA
B
8903 SJA
A
2362
B
876
C
597
pages 5/2 and 5/3
References:
pages 5/4 to 5/9
5/11
6/0
Contents
6 - Manual Starters and Switches
b Manual starters and switches

v General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/2
b Single units Type F
b Duplex units Type F
b Non-reversing Type K
b Integral motor power non-reversing Types T and M
b Reversing drum switches
b Manual starters and switches
6/1
General
Manual Starters and Switches

Manual starters Class 2510
Manual switches Class 2510
Reversing drum switches Class 2601
531176
Type F fractional motor power starters provide overload protection as well as manual
"On-Off" control for small motors in a variety of industrial and commercial installations.
Typical applications include fans, conveyors, pumps and small machine tools.
They are available in single- or 2-pole versions. Both single- and 2-pole versions are
suitable for use with single-phase a motors rated up to 1 hp. 2-pole starters may
also be used with c motors rated up to 0.75 hp.
Note: Manual starters include motor overload protection. After tripping, the overload
relay must be reset before the motor can restart.
Single units Type F
b Basic starters.
b Starters with handle guard/lock-off.
2510 FG 2P
Duplex units Type F

b One starter in duplex enclosure.
b Two starters in one enclosure.
b Starters and "AUTO-OFF-HAND" selector switch.
531177
531178
Type K motor-starting switches provide manual "On-Off" control of single- or 3-phase

a motors, where overload protection is not required or is provided separately. These
devices are suitable for use with 3-phase a motors rated up to 20 hp. Compact
construction and a 600 V rating make these switches suitable for a wide range of
industrial and commercial uses. Typical applications include small machine tools,
pumps, fans, conveyors and many other types of electrical machinery. They may
also be used on non-motor loads such as resistance heaters.
Note: Manual switches do not include motor overload or low-voltage protection.
Should the power fail, the contacts will remain closed, and upon re-energization, the
motor will restart immediately.
Non-reversing Type K
b With toggle operator.
b With removable key.
2510 KO 2
2510 KG 1A
Types T and M integral motor power manual starters provide convenient "On-Off"
operation of small single-phase, 3-phase or c motors. Typical applications include
small machine tools, pumps, fans and conveyors. They feature toggle or push button
operators and reliable overload protection. Pilot lights and auxiliary contacts are
available.
b Toggle (T) or push button (M) operators.
b Reliable overload protection.
b Pilot light and auxiliary contact available.
531180
531179
Integral Horsepower non-reversing Types T and M
2510 MBA 1
2601 AG2
References:
pages 6/4 to 6/9
6/2

Reversing drum switches are designed to start and reverse motors by connecting
them directly across-the-line. The devices may be used with squirrel-cage motors;
single-phase a motors designed for reversing service; and series, shunt and
compound c motors. The applications should be such that across-the-line starting
of the motors is not objectionable, unless other means is provided for limiting starting
current and torque. Class 2601 drum switches are field convertible from maintained
to pulsed operation.
The reversing drum switches are suited to manual reversing control applications,
such as machine tools, woodworking machines and similar types of equipment.
Examples include lathes, milling machines, planers, grinders, shapers and boring mills.
Other possible applications include door operators, small hoists and conveyor belts.
Note: Reversing drum switches do not include motor overload or low-voltage
protection. Should the power fail, the contacts will remain closed, and upon reenergization, the motor will restart immediately; however, if the drum switch is
assembled for pulsed operation, the handle will stay in the selected position, and the
handle position will determine the motor state.
531181
2510 TBG 1
Dimensions:
pages 6/10 and 6/11
Characteristics

Environment
Class
Type
C
C
2510/2601
F/K/T/M
UL
UL
CSA
0+ 40
0+ 40
V
A
2510
F
a 277 maximum (single- or 2-pole); c 230 maximum (2-pole only)
16
Enclosed unit
Open unit
Ambient air temperature around the
device
Storage
Operation
Class
Type
Voltage rating
Continuous current rating
Maximum Horsepower
115230 V
a Single-phase
277 V
c
a Single-phase
c
Class
Type
Number of poles
Number of phases
Voltage rating
Continuous current rating
Maximum motor power
a rating
Single-pole
2-pole
2-pole only
Single-pole
2-pole
2-pole only
hp/kW
hp/kW
hp/kW
hp/kW
hp/kW
hp/kW
V
A
115 V
230 V
460 V
575 V
90 V
115 V
230 V
c rating
hp/kW
hp/kW
hp/kW
hp/kW
hp/kW
hp/kW
hp/kW
Screw clamp
Screw clamp
terminal
terminal
#14#8
#14#8
Screw clamp
Screw clamp
terminal
terminal
#16#12
#16#12
2601
AG2/AG2 S2/BG1/BG1 S4
a 600 maximum; c 250 maximum
Type of lug
Auxiliary interlock terminals
Wire Size (min.-max.)

Type of lug
Wire Size (min.-max.)
Class
Type
Voltage rating
References:
pages 6/4 to 6/9
Kpp5
2
Single phase
2/1.5
2/1.5
2/1.5
2/1.5
7.5/5.6
3/2.2
3/2.2
10/7.5
7.5/5.6
3/2.2
10/7.5
10/7.5
1/0.75
1/0.75
1/0.75
2/1.5
2/1.5
2/1.5
1.5/1.1
1.5/1.1
1.5/1.1
2510
TBp p/MBp p
TCp p/MCp p
MCp 2
Available in NEMA Sizes M-0, M-1 and M-1P
a : 2-pole single-phase; 3-pole 3-phase
c : 2-pole (without low voltage protection only)
Class
Type
Size
Number of poles
Voltage rating
Terminals
Power terminals
1/0.75
1/0.75
0.75/0.55
1/0.75
1/0.75
2510
Kpp1/Kpp3
Kpp2/Kpp4
2
3
Single phase
Three phase
30 at 600 V maximum
Kpp6
3
Three phase
2/1.5
7.5/5.6
15/11.2
20/14.9
1/0.75
2/1.5
1.5/1.1
Box lug
#14#6
#16#12
Dimensions:
pages 6/10 and 6/11
6/3
References
Single units Type F

Type
of operator
Number
of poles
Features
Enclosure type Specification

(2)
Reference
Weight
kg (lb)
Standard
Open
NEMA 1
2510 FO 1
2510 FG 1
2510 FGJ 1
2510 FF 1
2510 FS 1
0.14 (0.32)
0.35 (0.72)
0.49 (1.08)
0.19 (0.42)
0.20 (0.44)
2510 FO 1P
2510 FG 1P
2510 FGJ 1P
2510 FF 1P
2510 FS 1P
0.15 (0.33)
0.36 (0.80)
0.50 (1.12)
0.20 (0.46)
0.20 (0.46)
2510 FSJ 1P
0.36 (0.80)
2510 FO 2
2510 FG 2
2510 FGJ 2
2510 FF 2
2510 FS 2
0.15 (0.33)
0.36 (0.80)
0.50 (1.11)
0.20 (0.46)
0.20 (0.46)
2510 FO 2P
2510 FG 2P
2510 FGJ 2P
2510 FF 2P
2510 FS 2P
0.16 (0.35)
0.35 (0.78)
0.52 (1.15)
0.22 (0.50)
0.20 (0.45)
2510 FSJ 2P
0.20 (0.45)
2510 FO 3
2510 FG 3
2510 FGJ 3
2510 FF 3
2510 FS 3
0.15 (0.33)
0.35 (0.79)
0.36 (0.80)
0.22 (0.50)
0.20 (0.45)
2510 FO 3P
2510 FG 3P
2510 FGJ 3P
2510 FF 3P
2510 FS 3P
0.18 (0.40)
0.38 (0.84)
0.36 (0.80)
0.20 (0.46)
0.21 (0.48)
2510 FSJ 3P
0.20 (0.45)
2510 FO 4
2510 FG 4
2510 FGJ 4
2510 FF 4
2510 FS 4
0.18 (0.40)
0.36 (0.80)
0.36 (0.80)
0.22 (0.50)
0.20 (0.45)
2510 FO 4P
2510 FG 4P
2510 FGJ 4P
2510 FF 4P
2510 FS 4P
0.36 (0.80)
0.36 (0.80)
0.36 (0.80)
0.22 (0.50)
0.20 (0.45)
2510 FSJ 4P
0.20 (0.45)
Basic starters
531176
Toggle operator
(1)
General purpose
flush mounting
(without pull box)
With red pilot light
Open
NEMA 1
General purpose
flush mounting
(without pull box)
2510 FG 2P
Standard
Open
NEMA 1
General purpose
flush mounting
(without pull box)
Open Type
NEMA 1
General purpose
flush mounting
(without pull box)
Removable key
(1)
Standard
Open
NEMA 1
General purpose
flush mounting
(without pull box)
Open
NEMA 1
General purpose
flush mounting
(without pull box)
Standard
Open
NEMA 1
General purpose
flush mounting
(without pull box)
Open
NEMA 1
General purpose
flush mounting
(without pull box)
(1) One thermal unit required.

(2) Open: no enclosure,
NEMA 1: general purpose enclosure surface mounting.
pages 6/2 and 6/3
6/4
Dimensions:
pages 6/10 and 6/11
Standard
Oversized
Grey flush plate
Standard stainless
steel flush plate
Standard
Oversized
Grey flush plate
Standard stainless
steel flush plate
Jumbo stainless
steel flush plate
Standard
Oversized
Grey flush plate
Standard stainless
steel flush plate
Standard
Oversized
Grey flush plate
Standard stainless
steel flush plate
Jumbo stainless
steel flush plate
Standard
Oversized
Grey flush plate
Standard stainless
steel flush plate
Standard
Oversized
Grey flush plate
Standard stainless
steel flush plate
Jumbo stainless
steel flush plate
Standard
Oversized
Grey flush plate
Standard stainless
steel flush plate
Standard
Oversized
Grey flush plate
Standard stainless
steel flush plate
Jumbo stainless
steel flush plate
Single units Type F (continued)

Type
of operator
Number
of poles
Features
Enclosure type Specification

(2)
Reference
Weight
kg (lb)
Standard
NEMA 1 (3)
NEMA 1 (3)
Standard
NEMA 1 (3)
NEMA 1 (3)
Standard
Oversized
Standard
Oversized
Standard
Oversized
Standard
Oversized
2510 FG 5
2510 FGJ 5
2510 FG 5P
2510 FGJ 5P
2510 FG 6
2510 FGJ 6
2510 FG 6P
2510 FGJ 6P
0.36 (0.80)
0.50 (1.11)
0.37 (0.82)
0.52 (1.15)
0.37 (0.82)
0.51 (1.13)
0.38 (0.84)
0.53 (1.17)
Standard
Standard
Standard
2510 FG 02
2510 FG 02P
2510 FG 04P
0.50 (1.10)
0.51 (1.12)
0.51 (1.12)
Standard
Grey flush plate
2510 FG 22
2510 FF 22
0.70 (1.54)
0.70 (1.54)
2510 FG 22P
2510 FF 22P
2510 FS 22P
0.70 (1.54)
0.70 (1.54)
0.70 (1.54)
2510 FG 44P
2510 FF 44P
2510 FS 44P
0.70 (1.54)
0.70 (1.54)
0.70 (1.54)
2510 FG 71
2510 FF 71
0.81 (1.79)
0.73 (1.61)
2510 FG 71P
2510 FF 71P
2510 FS 71P
0.72 (1.59)
0.80 (1.76)
0.80 (1.76)
2510 FG 72
2510 FF 72
0.80 (1.76)
0.80 (1.76)
2510 FG 72P
2510 FF 72P
2510 FS 72P
0.80 (1.76)
0.80 (1.76)
0.80 (1.76)
2510 FG 74P
2510 FF 74P
2510 FS 74P
0.80 (1.76)
0.80 (1.76)
0.80 (1.76)
Starters with handle guard/lock-off

Toggle operator
(1)
Duplex units Type F

One starter in duplex enclosure
Toggle operator
(1)
Removable key
(1)
Standard
NEMA 1
NEMA 1
NEMA 1
Two starters in one enclosure

Toggle operator
(1)
Removable key
(4)
2 for each
starter
2 for each
starter
Standard
NEMA 1
General purpose
flush mounting
(without pull box)
With red pilot light on NEMA 1
each starter
General purpose
flush mounting
(without pull box)
Standard
Grey flush plate
Standard stainless
steel flush plate
With red pilot light on NEMA 1
Standard
each starter
General purpose Grey flush plate
flush mounting
Standard stainless
(without pull box) steel flush plate
Starters and "AUTO-OFF-HAND" selector switch (a only)

Toggle operator
(1)
Standard
Standard
Removable key
(1)
NEMA 1
General purpose
flush mounting
(without pull box)
NEMA 1
General purpose
flush mounting
(without pull box)
Standard
Grey flush plate
Standard
Grey flush plate
Standard stainless
steel flush plate
NEMA 1
Standard
flush mounting
(without pull box)
NEMA 1
Standard
flush mounting
Standard stainless
NEMA 1
Standard
flush mounting
Standard stainless
(1) One thermal unit required.

(2) NEMA 1: general purpose enclosure surface mounting.
(3) For general purpose flush mounting enclosure (without pull box), order basic starter plus separate handle guard kit, reference
is 2510 FL1.
(4) Two thermal units required.
pages 6/2 and 6/3
Dimensions:
pages 6/10 and 6/11
6/5
References
Non-reversing Type K (1)

Type
of operator
Toggle operator
Number
of poles
2
Features
Standard
531177

a 115 V

a 230 V
2510 KG 1A
531178
Enclosure type
(2)
Open
NEMA 1
General purpose
flush mounting
(without pull box)
Open
NEMA 1
General purpose
flush mounting
(without pull box)
Open
NEMA 1
General purpose
flush mounting
(without pull box)
Standard
Open
NEMA 1
General purpose
flush mounting
(without pull box)

a 208277 V
Open
NEMA 1
General purpose
flush mounting
(without pull box)
2510 KO 2
a 440600 V
6
2
Standard
a 115 V
a 230 V
Standard
a 115 V
a 230 V
Open
NEMA 1
General purpose
flush mounting
(without pull box)
Open
NEMA 1
Open
NEMA 1
Open
NEMA 1
Open
NEMA 1
Open
NEMA 1
Open
NEMA 1
Specification
Reference
Standard
Grey flush plate
Standard stainless
steel flush plate
Standard
Grey flush plate
Standard stainless
steel flush plate
Jumbo stainless
steel flush plate
Standard
Grey flush plate
Standard stainless
steel flush plate
Jumbo stainless
steel flush plate
Standard
Grey flush plate
Standard stainless
steel flush plate
Standard
Grey flush plate
Standard stainless
steel flush plate
Jumbo stainless
steel flush plate
Standard
Grey flush plate
Standard stainless
steel flush plate
Jumbo stainless
steel flush plate
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
2510 KO 1
2510 KG 1
2510 KF 1
2510 KS 1
Weight
kg (lb)
0.15 (0.35)
0.38 (0.85)
0.22 (0.50)
0.20 (0.46)
2510 KO 1A (3)
2510 KG 1A
2510 KF 1A
2510 KS 1A
0.16 (0.37)
0.38 (0.84)
0.30 (0.66)
0.23 (0.52)
2510 KSJ 1A
0.30 (0.66)
2510 KO 1B (3)
2510 KG 1B
2510 KF 1B
2510 KS 1B
0.18 (0.39)
0.38 (0.84)
0.30 (0.66)
0.30 (0.66)
2510 KSJ 1B
0.30 (0.66)
2510 KO 2
2510 KG 2
2510 KF 2
2510 KS 2
0.18 (0.39)
0.30 (0.66)
0.30 (0.66)
0.30 (0.66)
2510 KO 2B (3)
2510 KG 2B
2510 KF 2B
2510 KS 2B
0.20 (0.44)
0.39 (0.86)
0.30 (0.66)
0.30 (0.66)
2510 KSJ 2B
0.30 (0.66)
2510 KO 2C (3)
2510 KG 2C
2510 KF 2C
2510 KS 2C
0.18 (0.40)
0.40 (0.88)
0.30 (0.66)
0.30 (0.66)
2510 KSJ 2C
0.30 (0.66)
2510 KO 5
2510 KG 5
2510 KO 5A
2510 KG 5A
2510 KO 5B
2510 KG 5B
2510 KO 6
2510 KG 6
2510 KO 6B
2510 KG 6B
2510 KO 6C
2510 KG 6C
0.17 (0.38)
0.34 (0.75)
0.30 (0.66)
0.30 (0.66)
0.30 (0.66)
0.30 (0.66)
0.17 (0.39)
0.39 (0.87)
0.20 (0.44)
0.30 (0.66)
0.30 (0.66)
0.40 (0.88)
(1) See motor power ratings table page 6/3.

(3) Do not use as replacement parts for devices. For replacement unit, order Type 2510 KO 1 or 2510 KO 2 and separate pilot light
kit, see page 6/9.
pages 6/2 and 6/3
6/6
Dimensions:
pages 6/10 and 6/11
Non-reversing Type K (continued) (1)

Type
of operator
Removable key
Number
of poles
2
Features
Standard

a 115 V

a 230 V
Enclosure type
(2)
Open
NEMA 1
General purpose
flush mounting
(without pull box)
Open
NEMA 1
General purpose
flush mounting
(without pull box)
Open
NEMA 1
General purpose
flush mounting
(without pull box)
Standard
Open
NEMA 1
General purpose
flush mounting
(without pull box)

a 208277 V
Open
NEMA 1
General purpose
flush mounting
(without pull box)

a 440600 V
Open
NEMA 1
General purpose
flush mounting
(without pull box)
Specification
Reference
Standard
Grey flush plate
Standard stainless
steel flush plate
Standard
Grey flush plate
Standard stainless
steel flush plate
Jumbo stainless
steel flush plate
Standard
Grey flush plate
Standard stainless
steel flush plate
Jumbo stainless
steel flush plate
Standard
Grey flush plate
Standard stainless
steel flush plate
Standard
Grey flush plate
Standard stainless
steel flush plate
Jumbo stainless
steel flush plate
Standard
Grey flush plate
Standard stainless
steel flush plate
Jumbo stainless
steel flush plate
2510 KO 3
2510 KG 3
2510 KF 3
2510 KS 3
Weight
kg (lb)
0.16 (0.35)
0.40 (0.88)
0.30 (0.66)
0.30 (0.66)
2510 KO 3A
2510 KG 3A
2510 KF 3A
2510 KS 3A
0.17 (0.37)
0.40 (0.88)
0.30 (0.66)
0.30 (0.66)
2510 KSJ 3A
0.30 (0.66)
2510 KO 3B
2510 KG 3B
2510 KF 3B
2510 KS 3B
0.16 (0.35)
0.40 (0.88)
0.30 (0.66)
0.30 (0.66)
2510 KSJ 3B
0.30 (0.66)
2510 KO 4
2510 KG 4
2510 KF 4
2510 KS 4
0.18 (0.39)
0.39 (0.87)
0.22 (0.50)
0.25 (0.55)
2510 KO 4B
2510 KG 4B
2510 KF 4B
2510 KS 4B
0.18 (0.39)
0.40 (0.88)
0.30 (0.66)
0.30 (0.66)
2510 KSJ 4B
0.30 (0.66)
2510 KO 4C
2510 KG 4C
2510 KF 4C
2510 KS 4C
0.20 (0.44)
0.40 (0.88)
0.30 (0.66)
0.30 (0.66)
2510 KSJ 4C
0.30 (0.66)
(1) See motor power ratings table page 6/3.

pages 6/2 and 6/3
Dimensions:
pages 6/10 and 6/11
6/7
References
Integral Horsepower non-reversing Types T and M

Type
Number
of
of
operator poles
531179
Toggle
operator
a2
a3
c2
2510 TBG 1
a2
531180
Pushbutton
a3
NEMA
Size
M-0
Ratings
Motor
voltage
V
115
230
Max. power
3-phase
hp/kW
Single-phase
hp/kW
1/0.75
2/1.5
M-1
115
230
2/1.5
3/2.2
M-1P
115
230
3/2.2
5/3.7
M-0
200230,
380575
3/2.2 (230 V),

5/3.7 (575 V)
M-1
200230,
380575
7.5/5.5 (230 V),

10/7.5 (575 V)
M-0
115
230
1/0.75
1.5/1.1
1/0.75
1.5/1.1
M-1
115
230
1.5/1.1
2/1.5
1.5/1.1
2/1.5
M-0
115
230
1/0.75
2/1.5
M-1
115
230
2/1.5
3/2.2
M-1P
115
230
3/2.2
5/3.7
M-0
200230,
380575
3/2.2 (230 V),

5/3.7 (575 V)
M-1
200230,
380575
7.5/5.5 (230 V),

10/7.5 (575 V)
M-0
115
230
1/0.75
1.5/1.1
1/0.75
1.5/1.1
M-1
115
230
1.5/1.1
2/1.5
1.5/1.1
2/1.5
2510 MBA 1
c2
Enclosure
type (1)
Reference
Open
NEMA 1
Open
NEMA 1
Open
NEMA 1
Open
NEMA 1
Open
NEMA 1
Open
NEMA 1
Open
NEMA 1
Open
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
Open
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
Open
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
Open
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
Open
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
Open
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
Open
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
2510 TBO 1
2510 TBG 1 (2)
2510 TCO 1
2510 TCG 1
2510 TCO 2
2510 TCG 2
2510 TBO 2
2510 TBG 2 (2)
2510 TCO 3
2510 TCG 3
2510 TBO 4
2510 TBG 4
2510 TCO 5
2510 TCG 5
2510 MBO 1
2510 MBG 1 (2)
2510 MBA 1 (3)
2510 MCO 1
2510 MCG 1
2510 MCA 1
2510 MCO 2
2510 MCG 2
2510 MCA 2
2510 MBO 2
2510 MBG 2 (2)
2510 MBA 2 (3)
2510 MCO 3
2510 MCG 3
2510 MCA 3
2510 MBO 4
2510 MBG 4
2510 MBA 4
2510 MCO 5
2510 MCG 5
2510 MCA 5
Weight
kg (lb)
1 (3)
2 (5)
1 (3)
2 (5)
1 (3)
2 (5)
1 (3)
2 (5)
1 (3)
2 (5)
1 (3)
2 (5)
1 (3)
2 (5)
1 (3)
2 (5)
4 (9)
1 (3)
2 (5)
4 (9)
1 (3)
2 (5)
4 (9)
1 (3)
2 (5)
4 (9)
1 (3)
2 (5)
4 (9)
1 (3)
2 (5)
4 (9)
1 (3)
2 (5)
4 (9)
(1) Open: no enclosure.

(2) For a NEMA 1 enclosed starter approved for group motor installations, order a loom switch: 2-pole 2510 TBL 1, 3-pole 2510 TBL 2.
Loom switch w/LVP: 2-pole 2510 TBL 21, 3-pole 2510 TBL 22.
(3) Approved for group motor installations per NEC 430-53(c).
pages 6/2 and 6/3
6/8
Dimensions:
pages 6/10 and 6/11
References

Accessories for manual starters Class 2510
Reversing drum switches

Voltage
Standard power ratings

a single-phase a 3-phase
hp
kW
hp
kW
Reference
c
hp
kW
Weight
kg (lb)

531181
115
200/230
230
460/575
115
200/230
230
460/575
1.5
1.5
3
5
1.1
1.5
1.1
2.2
3.7
7.5
1.5
1.5
3.7
5.5
0.25
0.25
0.185
0.185
1.5
1.5
2601 AG2
0.6 (1.32)
2601 BG1
1.1 (2.38)
7.5
1.5
1.5
3.7
5.5
0.25
0.25
0.185
0.185
1.5
1.5
2601 AG2 S2
0.6 (1.32)
2601 BG1 S4
1.1 (2.38)
NEMA 1 maintained and pulsed (1)

2601 AG2
115
200/230
230
460/575
115
200/230
230
460/575
1.5
1.5
3
5
1.1
1.5
1.1
2.2
3.7
Kits
Replacement contact kits (for manual starters, Types T and M Class 2510)
Type
Replacement
contact kits
NEMA
Size
M-0
M-1
M-1P
Series
Number of poles
Service bulletin
Reference
A or B
A or B
A or B
2 or 3
2 or 3
2
312AS
312AS
312AS
9998 ML1
9998 ML2
9998 ML2
Weight
kg (lb)
Pilot light kits (for manual starters, Types F and K Class 2510)
Type
Pilot light kits
For use on
Voltage
2510 FF/FG
a/c 115240 V
Pilot light
Red
Green
2510 KF/KG a 110120 V
Red
(2)
Green
a 208227 V
Red
Green
a 440600 V
Red
Green
(1) Maintained-"Forward". Pulsed-"Reverse". Not field convertible.
(2) Lens cannot be replaced.
pages 6/2 and 6/3
Reference
9998 PL10
9998 PL10G
9998 PL11
9998 PL11G
9998 PL12
9998 PL12G
9998 PL13
9998 PL13G
Weight
kg (lb)
Dimensions:
pages 6/10 and 6/11
6/9
Dimensions
0

Dimensions are inch

-----------mm
2510 FO 1/1P/2 (Open)

(1)
2510 KO 1/1A/2/2B/2C, 2510 KO 5/5A/5B/6/6B/6C (Open)

(1)
(2)
(2)
1.69
43
1.69
43
.84
21
.84
21
2.38
60
3.28
83
3.28
83
4.13
105
1.59
40
2.38
60
4.13
105
2.22
56
1.70
43
(1) 2 mounting holes for #6-32 screws.

(2) Pilot light.
2.34
60
(1) 2 mounting holes for #6-32 screws.

(2) Pilot light.
2510 FG/KG (NEMA 1 Surface mounting)
2510 FG 0pp/2pp/44P/7pp (NEMA 1)

(1)
(1)
(2)
3.00
76
2.75
70
2.88
73
OFF
1.63
41
2.44
62
OFF
4.25
108
2.75
70
2.88
73
(2)
38
10
1.88
48
0.56
14
0.41
10
4.50
114
1.88
48
3.00
76
4.25
108
56
14
2.56
65 2.63
3.81 67
97
1.06
27
(3)
1.06
27
OFF
(1) 4 x 0.25" diameter mounting holes.

(2) Pilot light.
(3) 1/2 -3/4" conduit knockout, both ends.
(3)
(1) 2 x 0.25" diameter mounting holes 25/6.
(2) Pilot light.
(3) 1/2 -3/4" conduit knockout, both ends.
2510 FF/FS/FSJ/KF/KS/KSJ (NEMA 1 Flush mounting)
OFF
2.56
65
.50
13
B
1.78
45
(1)
0.75
19
A
0.91
23
1.69
43
(1) Pilot light.
pages 6/2 and 6/3
6/10
References:
pages 6/4 to 6/9
.66
17
(2)
A
2510 FF 1/1P/2/2P
36.5
2510 FS 1/1P/2/2P
36.5
2510 FSJ 1P/2P
36.5
2510 FF 3/4/4P
36.5
2510 FS 3/3P/4/4P
36.5
2510 FSJ 3P/4P
36.5
2510 KF 1/1A/1B/2/2B/2C
44.5
2510 KS 1/1A/1B/2/2B/2C
44.5
2510 KSJ 1A/1B/2B/2C
44.5
2510 KF 3/3A/3B/4/4B/4C
44.5
2510 KS 3/3A/3B/4/4B/4C
44.5
2510 KSJ 3A/4B/4C
44.5
B
69.9
69.9
88.9
69.9
69.9
88.9
69.9
69.9
88.9
69.9
69.9
88.9
C
114.3
114.3
133.4
114.3
114.3
133.4
114.3
114.3
133.4
114.3
114.3
133.4
0
Dimensions are inch

-----------mm

2510 FF 22/44/7p, 2510 FS 22/44/7p (General purpose flush mounting plate)
OFF
OFF
2.56
65
0.75
19
0.91
23
(1)
(2)
A
2510 FF 22/22P
133.4
2510 FS 22P
4.6
2510 FF 44P
133.4
2510 FS 44P
4.6
2510 FF 71/71P/72/72P
133.4
2510 FS 71P/72P
4.6
2510 FF 74P
133.4
2510 FS 74P
4.6
B
95.3
88.9
95.3
88.9
19.1
88.9
95.3
88.9
C
133.4
114.3
133.4
114.3
133.4
114.3
133.4
114.3
D
36.5
36.5
36.5
36.5
50.8
50.8
50.8
50.8
(1) Pilot light.
2510 TpO p/MpO p (Open)
2510 TCG 2/MCG 2 (NEMA 1)
Sizes M-0, M-1 and M-1P

.28
3.50
7
1.75 89
Size M-1P
3.38
4.03
.94
24
102
44
86
1.69
.88 .22
8
22
43
5.00
127
1.08
27
1.00
1.25
25
32
(1)
5.13
10.00
8.13
5.72
207
145
1.13
(1)
264
130
(2)
29
1.00
1.00
.69
1.13
18
24
3.97
152
101
1.08
27
(1) 3 x 0.22 diameter mounting holes.

(2) 6 x 0.50 - 0.75 knockouts
(3) 1 x 0.50 - 0.75 knockouts
(4) 2 x 0.75 - 1.00 knockouts Top and bottom.
(1) 3 prov. for #10 mounting screws.

(2) Travel to reset.
2510 TBG p/TCG p/MBG p/MCG p (NEMA 1)

Sizes M-0 and M-1
2510 MpA p (NEMA 12)

Sizes M-0, M-1 and M-1P
1.06
5.78
3.91
.22
2.13
54
(3)
(4)
4.13
105
6.00
.94
11
29
25
25
.44 (2)
(1)
22
27
147
1.27
1.02
3.25
32
26
83
1.31(4)
(2)
33
.38
10
1.14
29
(1)
8.63
.47
(4)
273
5.75
(1)
12
10.75
(2)
219
10.00
148
10.92
254
277
(4)
1.44
37
1.00
25
3.00
76
5.00
(3)
1.02
127
26

(2) 0.50 - 0.75 knockouts Each side.
(3) 1 x 0.50 - 0.75 knockouts and 2 x 0.75 - 1.00 knockouts
2.89
73
(3) (4)
5.76
148

(2) 0.75 conduit hub top and bottom.
(3) 2 x 0.31 wide slots.
(4) NEMA 4 only.
2601 AG2/AG2 S2/BG1/BG1 S4 (NEMA 1)
5.38
4.00
137
102
2.68
2.91
68
74
4.61
117
(1)
(1) 2 x 0.50" knockouts

pages 6/2 and 6/3
References:
pages 6/4 to 6/9
6/11
7/0
Contents
7 - Accessories
b Separate enclosures
b Magnetic coils
b Replacement parts kits
b Cover-mounted control units
b Auxiliary contacts
b Power-pole adder kits, Timer attachments, Control circuit fuse holders, Transient
suppression modules
b Compression lugs, Terminal blocks
7/1
References
Accessories for Heavy Industrial

NEMA Style Controls
Separate enclosures
DF 531381
NEMA 1 rated (general purpose) separate enclosures
9991 SCG 8
The NEMA 1 rated general purpose separate enclosures listed below, when used with open style components, are equivalent to
a standard factory-assembled control device.
For use with
Type
Number of poles
Reference
Weight
kg (lb)
Manual starters
2510 F, 2510 K
All
9991 EN 1
0.2 (0.5)
2510 M (Sizes M-0 and M-1)
All
9991 MG 1
1.1 (2.4)
2510 M (Size M-1P)
All
9991 MG 2
0.5 (1)
Contactors
8502 SAO/SBO/SCO
24
9991 SCG 7
1.8 (4)
8502 SDO
24
9991 SDG 7
3.6 (8)
8502 SEO
24
9991 SEG 7
10.4 (23)
8502 SFO
24
9991 SFG 8
15.4 (34)
Starters
8536 SAO/SBO/SCO
24
9991 SCG 8
1.8 (4)
8536 SDO
24
9991 SDG 8
3.6 (8)
8536 SEO
24
9991 SEG 8 (1)
10.4 (23)
8536 SFO
24
9991 SFG 8 (1)
15.4 (34)
8536 SGO
3
9991 SGG 8 (1) (5) 51 (112)
Lighting contactors
8903 LO, 8903 LXO
All
9991 LXG 1 (6)
3.6 (8)
8903 SMO
All
9991 SCG 7 (2)
1.8 (4)
8903 SPO
All
9991 SDG 7 (2)
3.6 (8)
8903 SQO
All
9991 SFG 8 (2)
15.4 (34)
8903 SVO
All
9991 SFG 4
16.3 (36)
Definite purpose
8910 DP
12
9991 DPG 1
1.1 (2.5)
contactors
8910 DPA 12/13/22/23,
23
9991 DPG 1
1.1 (2.5)
8910 DPA 32/33/42/43
8910 DPA 14/24/34/44,
24
9991 DPG 2
1.8 (4)
8910 DPA 52/53
8910 DPA 62/63
23
9991 DPG 3
3.6 (8)
8910 DPA 72/73/92/93,
23
9991 DPG 4
10.4 (23)
8910 DPA 122/123
Reversing contactors
8702 SAO/SBO/SCO
All
9991 SCG 9 (3)
7.3 (16)
8702 SDO
All
9991 SDG 9 (3)
10.9 (24)
Reversing starters
8736 SAO/SBO/SCO
All
9991 SCG 9
7.3 (16)
8736 SDO
All
9991 SDG 9
10.9 (24)
DF 531382
NEMA 12 rated (dust-tight and drip-tight) separate enclosures
9991 SCA 11
Dimensions:
pages 7/6 and 7/7
7/2
Separate enclosures can be used with open-style devices for field assembly of enclosed controls. These enclosures, plus the open
style components, are equivalent to a factory-assembled device.
For use with
Type
NEMA Size or
Number of
Reference
Weight
current rating
closing plates
kg (lb)
Manual starters
2510 MBO, 2510 MCO
M-0, M-1, M-1P
9991 MA 1
2.3 (5)
Contactors (4)
8502 SAO/SBO/SCO
0, 1
2
9991 SCA 11
4.5 (10)
8502 SDO
2
2
9991 SDA 11
6.8 (15)
8502 SEO
3
3
9991 SEA 11
23.1 (51)
8502 SFO
4
3
9991 SFA 11
23.1 (51)
Starters
8536 SAO/SBO/SCO
0, 1
2
9991 SCA 11
4.5 (10)
8536 SDO
2
2
9991 SDA 11
6.8 (15)
8536 SEO
3
3
9991 SEA 11 (1)
23.1 (51)
8536 SFO
4
3
9991 SFA 11 (1)
23.1 (51)
Lighting contactors (4) 8903 LO, 8903 LXO
30 A
2
9991 SDA 11
6.8 (15)
8903 SMO
30 A
2
9991 SCA 11
4.5 (10)
8903 SPO
60 A
2
9991 SDA 11
6.8 (15)
8903 SQO
100 A
3
9991 SEA 11 (1)
23.1 (51)
Reversing contactors (4) 8702 SAO/SBO/SCO
0, 1
3
9991 SCA 12
9.1 (20)
8702 SDO
2
3
9991 SDA 12
11.3 (25)
Reversing starters
8736 SAO/SBO/SCO
0, 1
3
9991 SCA 12
9.1 (20)
8736 SDO
2
3
9991 SDA 12
11.3 (25)
(1) Enclosure suitable for starter with solid-state overload relays only.
(2) For electrically held contactors only.
(3) For horizontally arranged Class 8702 contactors and Class 8922 breakers, replace the reset assembly with a Class 9001
Type K51 closing plate.
(4) For contactors, replace reset assembly with an appropriate closing plate; for NEMA 12 use Class 9001 Type K51 closing plate.
(5) Series B starter enclosure.
(6) If cover-mounted control units are required, select an oversized enclosure listed on page 7/4.

NEMA Style Controls
Separate enclosures
DF 531383
Flush-mounting separate enclosures
9991 SCF 2
Flush-mounting, general-purpose separate enclosures for Type S Sizes 02 (3060 A) are provided with knock-outs in the cover
for field assembly of one Class 9999 push button or selector switch kit and one Class 9999 pilot light kit. For Type S Size 3 (100 A),
three closing plates are provided for installation of Class 9001 Type K oil-tight control units.
For use with
Type
NEMA Size or
Type
Reference
Weight
current rating
kg (lb)
Manual starters
2510 MBO, 2510 MCO M-0, M-1, M-1P
Flush plates standard
9991 MF 1 (1)
3.2 (7)
9991 MF 2 (2)
0.9 (2)
Contactors
8502 SBO, 8502 SCO 0, 1
Standard
9991 SCF 11
4.5 (10)
(3)
Stainless steel (4)
9991 SCF 12
4.5 (10)
Mounting strap
9991 SCF 2
3.6 (8)
Pull box
9991 SCF 1
3.6 (8)
8502 SDO
2
Standard
9991 SDF 11
7.7 (17)
Stainless steel (4)
9991 SDF 12
1.4 (3.1)
Mounting strap
9991 SDF 2
4.5 (10)
Pull box
9991 SDF 1
4.5 (10)
8502 SEO
3
Standard
9991 SEF 11 (5)
21.8 (48)
Starters
8536 SBO, 8536 SCO 0, 1
Standard
9991 SCF 11
4.5 (10)
Stainless steel (4)
9991 SCF 12
4.5 (10)
Mounting strap
9991 SCF 2
3.6 (8)
Pull box
9991 SCF 1
3.6 (8)
8536 SDO
2
Standard
9991 SDF 11
7.7 (17)
Stainless steel (4)
9991 SDF 12
1.4 (3.1)
Mounting strap
9991 SDF 2
4.5 (10)
Pull box
9991 SDF 1
4.5 (10)
Lighting contactors 8903 LO, 8903 LXO
30 A
Standard
9991 SDF 13
7.7 (17)
(3)
Mounting strap
9991 SDF 2
4.5 (10)
Pull box
9991 SDF 1
4.5 (10)
8903 SMO 1/2/3/4
30 A
Standard
9991 SCF 11
4.5 (10)
Mounting strap
9991 SCF 2
3.6 (8)
Pull box
9991 SCF 1
3.6 (8)
8903 SMO 10/11/12/13 30 A
Standard
9991 SCF 13
3.6 (8)
Mounting strap
9991 SCF 2
3.6 (8)
Pull box
9991 SCF 1
3.6 (8)
8903 SPO 1/2/3/4
60 A
Standard
9991 SDF 11
7.7 (17)
Mounting strap
9991 SDF 2
4.5 (10)
Pull box
9991 SDF 1
4.5 (10)
8903 SPO 10/11/12/13 60 A
Standard
9991 SDF 13
7.7 (17)
Mounting strap
9991 SDF 2
4.5 (10)
Pull box
9991 SDF 1
4.5 (10)
8903 SQO
100 A
Standard
9991 SEF 11 (5)
21.8 (48)
(1) With pull box and plaster adjustment.
(2) Without pull box but with mounting strap.
(3) For contactors, replace the reset assembly with an appropriate closing plate. For flush mounting, use Class 9999 Type SG2,
except for Class 9991 Type SDF 11, which requires a Class 9001 Type K51 or K11 closing plate. Class 9991 Type SEF 11 is
designed for contactors only; reset closing plates are not required.
(4) The standard cabinet has a brushed finish. For electropolished finish, specify Form G16. Example: 9991 SCF 12 G16.
(5) Enclosure complete.
Dimensions:
pages 7/6 and 7/7
7/3

NEMA Style Controls
References
Separate enclosures for addition of control

circuit transformer, Control circuit transformers
Separate enclosures for addition of control circuit transformer
DF 531389
The Class 9991 enclosures listed below accept an open-type, Class 8502 or 8536 Type S, NEMA Size 0, 1, 1P or 2 contactor or
starter, together with a fused-control circuit transformer (suffix F4T) to allow field assembly of enclosed controllers. In the cover of the
Class 9991 Type SCG 1 enclosure, knock-outs are provided for field addition of Class 9999 cover-mounted control units. All other
Class 8502 and 8536 enclosures include a panel with space and drilling for an open-type device and a fused control-circuit
transformer. In addition, three closing plates are included in each cover for easy installation of Class 9001 Type K or SK control units.
Oversized enclosures for open-type, Class 8903 Type L and LX and Type S (30 and 60 A), electrically and mechanically held
lighting contactors include a panel with space and drilling for an open-type contactor and fused control-circuit transformer (suffix
F4T) and/or an auxiliary relay for use with single-pole pilot devices (suffix R6). When an auxiliary relay is required, use a Class
8501 Type XO 11 relay. Three closing plates are provided as standard for easy installation of Class 9001 Type K or SK control
units.
9991 SCG 1
Note : a Class 9991 Type SCG 1, NEMA 1 separate enclosure can also be used for Class 8903 Type SMO (30 A) electrically held
lighting contactor if suffix F4T (control transformer), with or without cover control units, is required.
For use with
Type
NEMA Size or Number of
Enclosure type (1)
Reference
Weight
current rating poles
kg (lb)
Contactors (2) 8502 SAO/SBO/SCO
0, 1
15
NEMA 1
9991 SCG 1
3.6 (8)
NEMA 12
9991 SCA 4
8.3 (18.2)
8502 SDO
2
25
NEMA 1
9991 SDG 4
9.5 (21)
NEMA 12
9991 SDA 4
10.4 (23)
Starters
8536 SAO/SBO/SCO
0, 1
15
NEMA 1
9991 SCG 1
3.6 (8)
NEMA 12
9991 SCA 4
8.3 (18.2)
8536 SDO
2
25
NEMA 1
9991 SDG 4
9.5 (21)
NEMA 12
9991 SDA 4
10.4 (23)
Lighting
8903 LO, 8903 LXO
30 A
All
NEMA 1
9991 SDG 3
6.8 (15)
contactors
NEMA 12
9991 SDA 3
9.1 (20)
8903 SMO
30 A
15
NEMA 1
9991 SDG 3
6.8 (15)
NEMA 12
9991 SDA 3
9.1 (20)
8903 SPO
60 A
25
NEMA 1
9991 SDG 3
6.8 (15)
NEMA 12
9991 SDA 3
9.1 (20)

For use with
Contactors (2)
Type
Transformer type
Reference
Weight
kg (lb)
Standard, 50 VA
9070 T50
Extra capacity, 100 VA 9070 T100 (3)
4 and 5
Standard, 100 VA
9070 T100 (3)
8502 SDO
2
25
Standard, 100 VA
9070 T100
Extra capacity, 150 VA 9070 T150
Starters
8536 SAO/SBO/SCO
0, 1
13
Standard, 50 VA
9070 T50
4 and 5
Standard, 100 VA
9070 T100 (3)
8536 SDO
2
25
Standard, 100 VA
9070 T100
Lighting
8903 LO
30 A
All
Standard, 50 VA
9070 T50
contactors
8903 LXO
30 A
All
Standard, 50 VA
9070 T50
8903 SMO
30 A
13
Standard, 100 VA
9070 T100 (3)
4 and 5
Standard, 100 VA
9070 T100
8903 SPO
60 A
25
Standard, 100 VA
9070 T100
(1) NEMA 1: general purpose enclosure. NEMA 12: dust-tight and drip-tight industrial-use enclosure.
(2) For contactors (Class 8502), a separate closing plate is provided with each enclosure to replace the reset mechanism, with the
exception of Class 9991 Type SCG 1, which requires a separate reset closing plate, Class 9999 Type SG2.
(3) For mounting in a 9991 SCG 1 enclosure, a Class 9991 Type S1 adapter bracket is also required.
Dimensions:
pages 7/6 and 7/7
7/4
8502 SAO/SBO/SCO

0, 1
13

NEMA Style Controls
References
Fuse block, Control unit kits
Fuse block (for use with Class CC fuses)

For use with
Contactors
Starters
Lighting
contactors
Type
8502 SBO/SCO/SDO
8536 SBO/SCO/SDO
8903 LO/LXO/SMO/SPO
NEMA Size or
current rating
02
02
3060 A
Reference
9999 SFR 4
9999 SFR 4
9999 SFR 4
Weight
kg (lb)
Control unit kits

Class 9001 Type K oil-tight/water-tight control units can be easily installed in NEMA 12, separate enclosures provided with closing
plates.
When installing control units, simply remove the closing plates and install the appropriate Class 9001 Type K components.
Convenient control unit kits, complete with assembled and pre-wired operators for quick installation, are available as Class 9999
user modification kits.
Class 9001 Type SK, NEMA 4X, corrosion-resistant control units may be used as an alternative.
Kits
Kit contents
Reference
Weight
Control
kg (lb)
Description
Reference
Quantity
function
"Start-Stop"
Start operator
9001 KR 1B
1
9999 SA 3
push button
Stop operator
9001 KR 1R
1
"Start" legend plate
9001 KN 201
1
"Stop" legend plate
9001 KN 202
1
Contact block
9001 KA 1
2
"Hand-Off-Auto" Selector operator switch
9001 KS 43B
1
9999 SC 8
selector switch
"Hand-Off-Auto" legend plate
9001 KN 260
1
Contact block
9001 KA 1
1
Pilot light
Red pilot light
9001 KP 1R31
1
9999 SP 28R
(120 V)
Dimensions:
pages 7/6 and 7/7
7/5

NEMA Style Controls
Dimensions
Separate enclosures
NEMA 1 rated (general purpose) separate enclosures

A
C
J
D
K
E
Pilot
Light
F
RESET
Mounting A
screws
9991 SCG 7
3 x # 10 152
9991 SDG 7
4 x 6.4
198
9991 SEG 7/8
4 x 9.5
286
9991 SCG 8/DPG 2 3 x # 10 152
9991 SDG 8/DPG 3 4 x 6.4
198
9991 LXG 1
198
9991 DPG 1
127
9991 DPG 4
4 x 9.5
286
254
322
554
254
322
322
216
554
134
153
203
141
160
153
102
213
76
76
22
28
39
22
28
28
39
206
267
476
206
267
267
476
25
28
39
25
28
28
39
24
28
39
24
28
28
39
105
143
213
105
143
143
213
127
146
197
127
146
146
197
28
39
28
28
39
143
213
143
143
213
Mounting A
screws
4 x 11.1 286
502
4 x 7.9
302
4 x 7.9
378
218
248
324
32
27
27
32
27
27
567
248
305
36
27
27
11
8
8
318
391
678
678
678
678
8
8
11
11
11
11
G
H
(4) I Dia.
Mounting Holes
9991 SFG 8
9991 SGG 8
9991 SCG 9
9991 SDG 9
639 228
1129 363
302 188
359 192
B
Reset
H
F
NEMA 12 rated (dust-tight and drip-tight) separate enclosures

D
A
E
F
C
G
B
(4) J Dia. Mounting Holes
9991 MA 1
9991 SCA 11
9991 SDA 11
9991 SEA 11
9991 SEA 11
9991 SFA 11
9991 SFA 11
9991 SCA 12
9991 SDA 12
For use with A

140
162
206
461
8536 SEO
461
8536 SFO
461
461
336
387
B
273
217
236
235
243
243
235
363
413
C
114
324
406
800
800
800
800
225
230
40
40
78
78
78
78
83
127
305
305
305
305
305
381
775
775
775
775
10
13
13
13
13
13
90
90
93
114
114
93
9991 MF 1
9991 MF 2
9991 SCF 11
9991 SCF 12
9991 SCF 2
9991 SCF 1
9991 SDF 11
9991 SDF 12
9991 SDF 2
9991 SDF 1
9991 SEF 11
9991 SDF 13
9991 SCF 13
A
140
140
341
244
175
175
386
244
175
256
787
386
337
B
292
292
183
419
378
378
227
419
378
416
425
227
178
C
102
89
149
99
154
154
194
99
154
152
362
194
146
283
327
667
327
121
138
203
138
233
278
278
114
130
130
10
10
5
10
Flush mounting separate enclosures
C
H
References:
pages7/2 and 7/5
7/6

NEMA Style Controls
Dimensions
Separate enclosures
Separate enclosures for addition of control circuit transformer

Mounting A
B
C
D
E
screws
4 x 7.1
161 403 132 118 21
9991 SCG 1
365 19
378 359 192 324 27

378 359 194 324 27
378 359 192 324 27
27
27
27
305 27
305 27
305 27
8
8
8
A
336
387
387
G B
D
A
E
C
(4) I Dia. Mtg. Holes
(4) I Dia.
Mounting Holes
B
Reset
9991 SDG 4
9991 SDG 4
9991 SDG 3
9991 SCA 4
9991 SDA 4
9991 SDA 3
For use
with
8502 SDO
8536 SDO
Mounting
screws
4 x 7.9
4 x 7.9
4 x 7.9
B
363
413
413
C
225
230
230
H
E
References:
pages 7/2 and 7/5
7/7
References

NEMA Style Controls
Magnetic coils
Replacement a.c. magnetic coils for magnetic contactors and

starters
Equipment to be serviced
Frequency Voltage
Device
Type
NEMA Size Number
or current of
rating
poles
Latch coils for

present-design
magnetic
contactors
and starters
Classes:
8502, 8536,
8538, 8539,
8702, 8736,
8903, 8910
L
LX
30 A
30 A
2 to 6
2 to 4
Hz
50
60
L
LX
30 A
30 A
8 to 12
6 to 12
50
60
SA (1) 00
Series B
All
50
7
60
(1) For use on Type S Series B devices only.
7/8
V
24
110115
120
208
220
240
380
440
480
550
600
24
120
208
240
277
300
480
600
24
110115
120
220
240
440
550
24
120
208
240
277
480
600
110115
220
440
550
24
120
208
240
277
380
480
600
Reference
9998 L 24
9998 L 44
9998 L 45
9998 L 52
9998 L 53
9998 L 54
9998 L 60
9998 L 62
9998 L 63
9998 L 65
9998 L 66
9998 L 23
9998 L 44
9998 L 50
9998 L 53
9998 L 55
9998 L 56
9998 L 62
9998 L 65
9998 LH 24
9998 LH 44
9998 LH 45
9998 LH 53
9998 LH 54
9998 LH 62
9998 LH 65
9998 LH 23
9998 LH 44
9998 LH 50
9998 LH 53
9998 LH 55
9998 LH 62
9998 LH 65
9998 SAC 45
9998 SAC 54
9998 SAC 62
9998 SAC 65
9998 SAC 23
9998 SAC 45
9998 SAC 52
9998 SAC 54
9998 SAC 55
9998 SAC 59
9998 SAC 62
9998 SAC 65
Weight
kg (lb)

NEMA Style Controls
Magnetic coils

starters (continued)
Frequency Voltage
Device
Type
NEMA Size Number
or current of
rating
poles
Latch coils for

present-design
magnetic
contactors
and starters
Classes:
8502, 8536,
8538, 8539,
8702, 8736,
8903
00, 0,
SA
(Series A), 1, 1P,
and 30 A
SB, SC,
SM
All
Hz
50
60
SD, SP
2 and 60 A 2 and 3
50
60
4 and 5
50
60
V
24
110115
120
220
240
380
440
480
550
600
24
120
208
220
240
277
380
440
480
550
600
24
110115
120
220
240
380
440
550
600
24
120
208
220
240
277
440
480
550
600
24
110115
120
220
240
380
440
550
600
24
120
208
220
240
277
380
440
480
550
600
Reference
31041-400-22
31041-400-42
31041-400-43
31041-400-51
31041-400-53
31041-400-57
31041-400-60
31041-400-61
31041-400-62
31041-400-64
31041-400-20
31041-400-42
31041-400-48
31041-400-51
31041-400-51
31041-400-52
31041-400-56
31041-400-58
31041-400-60
31041-400-61
31041-400-62
31063-409-17
31063-409-38
31063-409-39
31063-409-47
31063-409-48
31063-409-54
31063-409-57
31063-409-60
31063-409-61
31063-409-16
31063-409-38
31063-409-44
31063-409-47
31063-409-47
31063-409-49
31063-409-57
31063-409-57
31063-409-60
31063-409-60
31063-400-17
31063-400-38
31063-400-39
31063-400-47
31063-400-48
31063-400-54
31063-400-57
31063-400-60
31063-400-61
31063-400-16
31063-400-38
31063-400-44
31063-400-47
31063-400-47
31063-400-49
31063-400-53
31063-400-57
31063-400-57
31063-400-60
31063-400-60
Weight
kg (lb)
7/9

NEMA Style Controls
Magnetic coils

Frequency Voltage
Device
Type
NEMA Size Number
or current of
rating
poles
Latch coils for SE,

3, 20 A
2 and 3
present-design SQ,
and 100 A
magnetic
DPA 12
contactors
and starters
Classes:
8502, 8536,
8538, 8539,
8702, 8736,
8903, 8910
Hz
50
60
4 and 5
50
60
7
Latch coils for SF, SV
present-design
magnetic
contactors and
starters
Classes:
8502, 8536,
8538, 8539,
8702, 8736, 8903
4 and
200 A
All
50
60
7/10
V
24
110115
120
220
240
380
440
550
600
24
120
208
220
240
277
380
440
480
500
550
600
110115
120
220
240
380
440
480
550
600
120
208
220
240
277
380
440
480
550
600
110115
120
220
240
380
440
480
550
600
120
208
240
277
380
480
600
Reference
31074-400-17
31074-400-38
31074-400-39
31074-400-47
31074-400-48
31074-400-54
31074-400-57
31074-400-60
31074-400-61
31074-400-16
31074-400-38
31074-400-44
31074-400-47
31074-400-47
31074-400-49
31074-400-53
31074-400-57
31074-400-57
31074-400-58
31074-400-60
31074-400-60
31091-400-38
31091-400-39
31091-400-47
31091-400-48
31091-400-54
31091-400-57
31091-400-58
31091-400-60
31091-400-61
31091-400-38
31091-400-44
31091-400-47
31091-400-47
31091-400-49
31091-400-53
31091-400-57
31091-400-57
31091-400-60
31091-400-60
31091-400-38
31091-400-39
31091-400-47
31091-400-48
31091-400-54
31091-400-57
31091-400-58
31091-400-60
31091-400-61
31091-400-38
31091-400-44
31091-400-47
31091-400-49
31091-400-53
31091-400-57
31091-400-60
Weight
kg (lb)

NEMA Style Controls
Magnetic coils

Frequency Voltage
Device
Type
NEMA Size Number
or current of
rating
poles
Latch coils for SG, SX 5 and

present-design
300 A
magnetic
(Series A)
contactors
and starters
Classes:
8502, 8536,
8538, 8539,
8702, 8736, 8903
All
5 and
300 A
(Series B)
All
SH, SJ
SY, SZ,
SJ (1)
SY, SZ,
SJ (2)
6 and 7
2 and 3
400, 600
2 and 3
and 800 A
400, 600
2 and 3
and 800 A
Hz
50
V
110115
120
220
380
440
550
600
60
120
208
240
277
380
480
600
50
110115
120
220
240
380
440
480
60
110115
120
208
220
240
277
380
440
480
All system voltages
All system voltages
50
60
110115
220
440
550
110115
120
208
220
240
277
440
480
550
600
Reference
Weight
31096-400-09
31096-400-10
31096-400-18
31096-400-22
31096-400-24
31096-400-29
31096-400-30
31096-400-09
31096-400-15
31096-400-18
31096-400-19
31096-400-21
31096-400-24
31096-400-29
31096-320-50
31096-320-50
31096-320-52
31096-320-52
31096-320-54
31096-320-55
31096-320-55
31096-320-50
31096-320-50
31096-320-51
31096-320-52
31096-320-52
31096-320-53
31096-320-54
31096-320-55
31096-320-55
31104-400-50
31104-400-50
kg (lb)
31104-418-09
31104-418-18
31104-418-24
31104-418-29
31104-418-09
31104-418-09
31104-418-15
31104-418-18
31104-418-18
31104-418-19
31104-418-24
31104-418-24
31104-418-29
31104-418-29
(1) Electrically held.

(2) Mechanically held.
7/11

NEMA Style Controls
References
Magnetic contactor and starter contact kits for present designs

Class 9998 replacement parts kits are available for servicing Square D relays, contactors and starters. Each kit contains the
necessary movable and stationary contacts, contact springs (when required; NEMA Size 3 and above do not include contact
springs, and springs are not available), and additional hardware required to service the devices listed below. When servicing
devices having more poles than contained in the corresponding kit, it may be necessary to order an additional kit.
Reference
Weight
Class
Type
NEMA Size or
Number of
kg (lb)
current rating
poles in kit
8502, 8536, 8538, SA (Series B)
8539, 8702, 8736, SB
8903
SB, SC (powerpole adder)
SC
SD
8903
00
0
0 and 1
1 and 1P
1
2
SD (power-pole
adder)
SE
2
3
SF
SG
SH
SJ
L (Series C) and
LX (Series B)
SM
30 A
30 A
SP
60 A
SQ
100 A
SV
200 A
SX
300 A
SY
400 A
SZ
600 A
SJ
800 A
3
3
4
1
9998 SJ 1
9998 SL 2
9998 SL 12
9998 SL 22
3
4
3
4
1
9998 SL 3
9998 SL 13
9998 SL 4
9998 SL 14
9998 SL 24
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
4
9998 SL 6
9998 SL 7
9998 SL 8
9998 SL 9
9998 SL 10
9998 SL 11
9998 SL 25
9998 SL 26
9998 SL 30
9998 SL 31
9998 RA 5B
3
4
3
4
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
9998 SL 3
9998 SL 13
9998 SL 4
9998 SL 14
9998 SL 6
9998 SL 7
9998 SL 8
9998 SL 9
9998 SL 10
9998 SL 11
9998 SL 25
9998 SL 26
9998 SL 32
9998 SL 33
9998 SL 30
9998 SL 31
Manual starter contact kits

Class
Type
2510
M, T
Reference
NEMA Size
M-0
M-1 and M-1P
Number of
poles in kit
3
3
9998 ML 1
9998 ML 2
Weight
kg (lb)
Replacement control transformers (150 VA)

Class
Type
8502, 8536
7/12
NEMA Size
Voltage
50 Hz
60 Hz
Reference
V
220/440-110
380-110
550-110
110-110
220-110
V
240/480-120
208-120
277-120
600-120
120-120
240-120
31104-512-50
31104-512-52
31104-512-53
31104-512-54
31104-512-51
31104-512-55
31104-512-56
Weight
kg (lb

NEMA Style Controls

Universal baseplates
Replacement control transformers (200 VA)
Class
Type
8502, 8536
NEMA Size
Voltage
50 Hz
60 Hz
V
220/440-110
380-110
550-110
110-110
220-110
V
240/480-120
208-120
277-120
600-120
120-120
240-120
Reference
Weight
31123-501-50
31123-501-52
31123-501-53
31123-501-54
31123-501-51
31123-501-55
31123-501-56
kg (lb)
Replacement contact kits

Class
Type
8910
DPA 5
DPA 6
DPA 7
DPA 9
DPA 123
Reference
Current rating
50 A
60 A
75 A
90 A
120 A
Number of poles
1
1
1
1
1
9998 DRC 5
9998 DRC 6
9998 DRC 7
9998 DRC 9
9998 DRC 12
Weight
kg (lb)
Universal baseplates
A universal baseplate may be used to retrofit a Square D Type S NEMA starter into an application which is currently using a
competitive NEMA starter. The universal baseplate is a metal plate which attaches to the panel in the location of the starter to
be replaced. The Type S starter then mounts to the baseplate. It is available for NEMA Sizes 00 to 4, and mounting screws are
provided with each plate.
The universal baseplate adapter allows the Type S starter to replace the following competitive starters:
Type
Competitive
NEMA Size
Reference
Weight
starter
kg (lb)
Universal
Allen Bradley 509
0 and 1
9998 UB 01
baseplates
2
9998 UB 02
3
9998 UB 03
4
9998 UB 04
Allen Bradley 709

1
9998 UB 01
2
9998 UB 02
3
9998 UB 03
4
9998 UB 04
Cutler Hammer
00, 0, 1
9998 UB 01
Freedom Series
2
9998 UB 02
3
9998 UB 03
4
9998 UB 04
Furnas ESP100
0 and 1
9998 UB 01
2
9998 UB 02
3
9998 UB 03
4
9998 UB 04
Furnas INNOVA
0 and 1
9998 UB 01
2
9998 UB 02
3
9998 UB 03
4
9998 UB 04
General Electric
00, 0, 1
9998 UB 01
CR306
2
9998 UB 02
3
9998 UB 03
4
9998 UB 04
7/13

NEMA Style Controls
References
Cover-mounted control unit kits
DF 531371
Class 9999 cover-mounted push button, selector switch and pilot light control unit kits can be easily field installed in a NEMA 1 or 12,
Type S contactor or starter enclosure cover. Knockouts or removable closing plates are provided with many enclosure covers for
convenient field installation of control units. Kits are supplied with leads and clearly illustrated instructions.
The Class 9999 cover-mounted control unit kits are identical to the factory-installed units.
Push button kits for NEMA 1 enclosures

For use with
Class
8502 and 8536
Type
SA, SB, SC
SD
SE
SF to SJ

00, 0, 1 and 1P All
2
All
3
All
4 to 7
All
SB and SC
SD
SE
SF
SG to SJ
0 and 1
2
3
4
5 to 7
All
All
All
All
All
LX (1)
SM
SP
SQ
SJ, SV, SX,
SY and SZ
30 A
30 A
60 A
100 A
200 to 800 A
All
All
All
All
All
9999 SA2
DF 531372
8538, 8539, 8702, 8736
8903 (electrically held)
Description
Reference
Weight
kg (lb)
Start-Stop
On-Off
9999 SA2
9999 SA10
Start-Stop
On-Off
Start-Stop
On-Off
9999 SA3
9999 SA3
9999 SA2
9999 SA10
Start-Stop
On-Off
On-Off
Start-Stop
On-Off
9999 SA3
9999 SA3
9999 LXPB (2)
9999 SA2 (3)
9999 SA10 (3)
Start-Stop
On-Off
9999 SA3 (3)

9999 SA3 (3)
Description
Reference
Selector switch kits for NEMA 1 enclosures
DF 531373
9999 SA3
For use with

Class
7/14

00, 0, 1 and 1P All
All
2
All
3
4 to 7
All
All
0 and 1
All
2
All
3
All
4
5 to 7
All
30 A
All
30 A
All
60 A
All
100 A
All
200 to 800 A All
Weight
kg (lb)
Hand-Off-Auto
9999 SC2
SA, SB, SC
SD
On-Off
9999 SC22
SE
8502 and 8536
SF to SJ
Hand-Off-Auto
9999 SC8
Hand-Off-Auto
9999 SC2
8538, 8539, 8702, 8736 SB and SC
SD
On-Off
9999 SC22
SE
SF
SG to SJ
Hand-Off-Auto
9999 SC8
LX (1)
On-Off
9999 LXS (2)
SM
Hand-Off-Auto
9999 SC2
SP
On-Off
9999 SC22
SQ
SJ, SV, SX,
Hand-Off-Auto
9999 SC8
SY
and SZ
(1) For Class 8903 Type LX, NEMA 12 control unit kits, refer to the Class 8903 section.
(2) To mount a control unit in a NEMA 1 enclosure, a Class 9999 Type BLX bracket is also required.
(3) Also requires N/O auxiliary contact for holding circuit contact when used on Class 8903 electrically held lighting contactors.
8502 and 8536
9999 SC2
Type

NEMA Style Controls
Red pilot light (1) kits for NEMA 1 enclosures

For use with
Class
DF 531374
8502 and 8536
9999 SP 2R
Description
Type
SA, SB and
SC

00, 0, 1 and 1P All
Reference
Weight
kg (lb)
With control transformer 9999 SP 28R
Standard
9999 SP 2R
SD
2
All
Standard
9999 SP 3R
SE
3
2 and 3
Standard
9999 SP 4R
SE
3
4 and 5
With control transformer 9999 SP 28R (3)
Standard
9999 SP 5R
SF
4
All
Standard
9999 SP 28R
SG to SJ
5 to 7
All
Standard
9999 SP 28R (3)
8538, 8539, 8702, 8736 SB and SC

0 and 1
All
Standard
9999 SP 12R
SD
2
All
Standard
9999 SP 13R
SE
3
All
Standard
9999 SP 14R
SF
4
All
Standard
9999 SP 15R
SG to SJ
5 to 7
All
Standard
9999 SP 28R (3)

LX (2)
30 A
All
SM
30 A
All
Standard
9999 SP 2R
SP
60 A
All
Standard
9999 SP 3R
SQ
100 A
2 and 3
9999 SP 28R
Standard
4 and 5
Standard
9999 SP 28R
SJ, SV, SX, 200 to 800 A All

SY and SZ
Standard
9999 SP 28R (3)
(1) A green lens is included in the red pilot light kits. If you order a 9999 SP 28R kit, you will receive both a red and a green lens
with the pilot light.
(2) For Class 8903 Type LX NEMA 12 rated control unit kits, refer to the Class 8903 section.
(3) The coil voltage must be the same as the pilot light rating. The kit contains one Class 9001 Type KP1R31120V, 60 Hz red pilot
light control unit. For other voltages, refer to the Class 9001 Type KP section of the Digest..
7/15

NEMA Style Controls
Push button kits for NEMA 12 enclosures

For use with
Class
8502, 8536
8538, 8539, 8702, 8736
Type
SA, SB, SC
SD
SE
SF
SG to SJ
SB and SC
SD
SE
SF
SG to SJ
LX (2)
SM
SP
SQ
SJ, SV, SX,
SY
and SZ

00, 0, 1 and 1P All
2
All
3
All
4
All
5 to 7
All
0 and 1
All
2
All
3
All
4
All
5 to 7
All
30 A
All
30 A
All
60 A
All
100 A
All
200 to 800 A All
Description (1)
Reference
Start-Stop
or On-Off
9999 SA3
Description (1)
Reference
Weight
kg (lb)
Selector switch kits for NEMA 12 enclosures

For use with
Class
8502, 8536
8538, 8539, 8702, 8736
Type

00, 0, 1 and 1P All
2
All
3
All
4
All
5 to 7
All
0 and 1
All
2
All
3
All
4
All
5 to 7
All
30 A
All
30 A
All
60 A
All
100 A
All
200 to 800 A All
Weight
kg (lb)
Hand-Off-Auto
9999 SC8
SA, SB, SC
SD
SE
SF
SG to SJ
SB and SC
SD
SE
SF
SG to SJ
LX (2)
SM
SP
SQ
SJ, SV, SX,
SY and SZ
(1) User-made openings are required in order to field install these modification kits on standard 8502, 8536 Type S Sizes 0 to 2,
and 8903 Sizes 30 to 60 A NEMA 12 enclosures
(2) For Class 8903 Type LX NEMA 12 control unit kits, refer to the Class 8903 section.
7/16

NEMA Style Controls
Red pilot light (1) kits for NEMA 12 enclosures

For use with
Class
8502, 8536
8538, 8539, 8702, 8736
Type
SA, SB, SC
SD
SE
SF
SG to SJ
SB and SC
SD
SE
SF
SG to SJ
LX (4)
SM
SP
SQ
SJ, SV, SX,
SY
and SZ

00, 0, 1 and 1P All
2
All
3
All
4
All
5 to 7
All
0 and 1
All
2
All
3
All
4
All
5 to 7
All
30 A
All
30 A
All
60 A
All
100 A
All
200 to 800 A All
Description (2)
Reference
120 V, 60 Hz
9999 SP 28R (3)
Weight
kg (lb)
Closing plates for NEMA 1 enclosures

For use with
Class
Description
Reference
Weight
NEMA Size or
kg (lb)
current rating
8502, 8536, 8903
SA to SE or 00 to 3 or
For pilot light or reset
9999 SG2
SM to SP
30 to 60 A
Slip-on cover, NEMA 1 enclosure
For push button or selector switch
9999 SG3
Slip-on cover, NEMA 1 enclosure

9999 SG1
8538 and 8539

SB to SF
0 to 4
For push button or selector switch
Hinged cover, NEMA 1 enclosure
For pilot light
9999 SG2
Hinged cover, NEMA 1 enclosure

(1) A green lens is included in the red pilot light kits. If you order a 9999 SP 28R kit, you will receive both a red and a green lens
with the pilot light.
(2) User-made openings are required in order to field install these modification kits on standard 8502, 8536 Type S Sizes 0 to 2,
and 8903 Sizes 30 to 60 A NEMA 12 enclosures.
(3) The coil voltage must be the same as the pilot light rating. Kit contains one Class 9001 Type KP1R31120V, 60 Hz red pilot light
control unit. For other voltages, refer to the Class 9001 Type KP section of the Digest..
(4) For Class 8903 Type LX NEMA 12 control unit kits, refer to the Class 8903 section.
Type
7/17
Characteristics,
references

NEMA Style Controls
Auxiliary contacts
Characteristics
Class
Type
Contact ratings
Maximum current (50/60 Hz)
a 120 V or less A
a 120600 V
Class
Type
Contact ratings
Maximum current (50/60 Hz)
a 120 V or less A
a 120600 V
9999
SX 11/SX 12
Make
Break
(35% power factor)
(35% power factor)
30
3
3600 VA
360 VA
9999
SX 6 to SX 10/SX 13 to SX 17
Make
Break
(35% power factor)
(35% power factor)
60
6
7200 VA
720 VA
Continuous current
3
3A
Continuous current
10
10 A
References
Internal contact kits
DF 531376
Class 9999 Type SX 11 internal contact kit is a replacement unit for the N/O holding circuit contact supplied as standard on
Type S, Sizes 002, three-phase starters and contactors. The Class 9999 Type SX 12 is a replacement unit for the N/C electrical
contact supplied as standard on Type S, Sizes 002, mechanically interlocked devices. Internal contacts are also used on
Class 2510 Types M and T manual starters. The internal contacts can be used for other applications as long as the electrical rating
is not exceeded.
For use with
Internal non-convertible
Reference
Weight
Class
Type
NEMA Size contacts
kg (lb)
8502, 8702, 8536, 8736
SA to SD
00 to 2
1 N/O contact
9999 SX 11 (1)
1 N/C contact
9999 SX 12 (1)
DF 531375
9999 SX 11
9999 SX 6
7/18
External contact kits

Class 9999 Type SX 6 external auxiliary contact is supplied as standard for the N/O holding circuit contact on Type S Sizes 3 to
7 contactors and starters. Additional auxiliary contacts can be added to Type S contactors, starters and lighting contactors. These
contacts mount on either side of the basic contactor and are available with convertible or non-convertible contacts. The contacts
of the convertible version can be changed from N/O to N/C or vice versa in the field. The non-convertible version has fixed
contacts, either N/O or N/C.
To determine the number of auxiliary contacts that can be added to each Type S contactor or starter, refer to the contactor and
starter section.
For use with
External field convertible
Reference
Weight
Class
Type
NEMA Size contacts
kg (lb)
8502, 8702, 8536, 8736
SA to SJ
00 to 7
1 N/O contact
9999 SX 6
1 N/C contact
9999 SX 7
1 N/O and 1 N/C isolated contacts 9999 SX 8
1 N/O overlapping contact

9999 SX 9 (2)
1 N/C overlapping contact

9999 SX 10 (2)
For use with

External non-convertible
Reference
Weight
Class
Type
NEMA Size contacts
kg (lb)
8502, 8702, 8536, 8736
SA to SJ
00 to 7
1 N/O contact
9999 SX 13
1 N/C contact
9999 SX 14
1 N/O and 1 N/C isolated contacts 9999 SX 15
1 N/O overlapping contact

9999 SX 16 (2)
1 N/C overlapping contact

9999 SX 17 (2)
(1) Types SX 11 and SX 12 are not applicable on NEMA Sizes 3 or larger. Internal contacts can also be used on Class 2510 Types
M and T manual starters.
(2) Types SX 9 and SX 10 or Types SX 16 and SX 17 must be used together and mounted on the same side of the contactor. They
are suitable for applications where it is necessary for a normally open contact to overlap a normally closed contact.

NEMA Style Controls
References
Auxiliary contacts,
Adapter, Remote reset module
Isolated auxiliary contacts for Motor Logic solid-state overload relays
Overload relay auxiliary contacts are available factory installed or in kit form for field installation on Motor Logic solid-state overload
relays.
These contacts may be used for isolated alarm contact applications.
For use with
External field convertible
Reference
Weight
contact
Class
Type
NEMA Size
kg (lb)
9065
SS, SR, SF, ST
00B to 7
N/O or N/C auxiliary contact
9999 AC 04
Adapter
The adapter enables the Motor Logic solid-state overload relay to be mounted on a 35 mm mounting rail.
For use with
Reference
Class
Type
NEMA Size
9065
SS or SF
00B, 00C, 0 and 1
9999 DA 01
Weight
kg (lb)
Remote reset module

The remote reset module can be easily field installed on solid-state overload relays. This module will allow the overload relay to
be reset from a remote location.
For use with
Description
Reference
Weight
Class
Type
NEMA Size
kg (lb)
9065
SS, SR, SF, ST
00B to 7
Remote reset module
9999 RR 04 (1)
SS, SR, SF, ST

3 and 4
Top mounting bracket
9999 RB 34 (1) (2)
(1) a 120 V power required.

(2) To be used for mounting the remote reset module on the top of the solid-state overload relay.
7/19

NEMA Style Controls
References
Power-pole adder kits, Timer attachments,

Control circuit fuse holders,
Transient suppression modules
DF531377
Power-pole adder kits
9999 SB 6
One single- or double-circuit power pole kit may be field added to a basic 2- or 3-pole Type S contactor or starter, Size 02, or a
3060 A lighting contactor. The ratings for these power-pole adders correspond to the NEMA contact ratings found in the contactor
and starter section or lighting contactor section. A 2- or 3-pole contactor or starter will accept only one single- or double-circuit
unit. A power pole cannot be used on 4- or 5-pole devices or devices which are mechanically interlocked.
For adding a power pole to a Size 2 or 60 A device, a coil change is required. When adding Sizes 0 to 2 power pole kits to a Size 3
to 7 or 100 to 800 A device, an adapter bracket (9999 SBT 1) is required.
The Class 9999 Types SB 6 to SB 15 power pole kits are suitable for copper wire only. Types SB 21 to SB 25 are supplied with
lugs suitable for copper and aluminum wire.
Description
For use with
Reference
Weight
kg (lb)
Class
Type
NEMA Size or current rating
1 N/O power8502, 8702, 8536, SB, SC, SM
0, 1 and 30 A
9999 SB 6
pole adder
8736, 8903
SD
2
9999 SB 11 (1)
SP
60 A
9999 SB 21 (1)
1 N/C power
8502, 8702, 8536, SB, SC, SM
0, 1 and 30 A
9999 SB 7
pole adder
8736, 8903
SD
2
9999 SB 12 (1)
SP
60 A
9999 SB 22 (1)
1 N/O and 1 N/C 8502, 8702, 8536, SB, SC, SM

0, 1 and 30 A
9999 SB 8
power-pole
8736, 8903
SD
2
9999 SB 13 (1)
adder
SP
60 A
9999 SB 23 (1)
2 N/O power8502, 8702, 8536, SB, SC, SM

0, 1 and 30 A
9999 SB 9
pole adders
8736, 8903
SD
2
9999 SB 14 (1)
SP
60 A
9999 SB 24 (1)
2 N/C power
8502, 8702, 8536, SB, SC, SM
0, 1 and 30 A
9999 SB 10
pole adders
8736, 8903
SD
2
9999 SB 15 (1)
SP
60 A
9999 SB 25 (1)
Adapter bracket
Description
For use with

Class
Type
Adapter bracket 8502, 8702, 8536, SE to SJ and
8736, 8903
SQ to SZ
Reference
NEMA Size or current rating
3 to 7 and
100 to 800 A
9999 SBT 1
Weight
kg (lb)
Control circuit fuse holders

DF531379
The control circuit fuse holder is designed to be used on Type S contactors and starters, Sizes 00 to 7, when either one or two
control circuit fuses, 600 V maximum, are required. The Type SF 3 and SF 4 fuse holders accept standard 600 V Bussmann Type
KTK or equivalent fuses (10 mm x 38 mm), 6 A maximum. Type SFR 3 and SFR 4 fuse holders accept Class CC 600 V Bussmann
Type KTK-R or equivalent fuses only.
Type
For use with
Description (2)
Reference
Weight
kg (lb)
Class
NEMA Size
9999 SF 4
Control circuit
fuse holders
8502, 8702, 8536, 00 to 7

8736
Single-fuse unit
Single-fuse unit for Class CC fuse
Two-fuse unit
Two-fuse unit for Class CC fuses
9999 SF 3
9999 SFR 3
9999 SF 4
9999 SFR 4
DF531380
Transient suppression modules
9999 ST 1
7/20
The transient suppression module is designed to be used where the transient voltage, generated when opening the coil circuit,
interferes with the proper operation of nearby integrated or solid-state control circuits. The module consists of a RC circuit and is
designed to suppress the coil voltage transients to approximately 200% of peak coil supply voltage. The module is wired across
the coil for Type S, Sizes 00 to 5 and is designed for coil voltages of 120 V only.
Type
For use with
Reference
Weight
kg (lb)
Class
NEMA Size
Transient
8502, 8702, 8536, 8736
00 to 2
9999 ST 1
suppression
3 to 5
9999 ST 2
modules
(1) To order a Size 2 or 60 A power pole kit complete with a new starter coil, specify suffix Y118, plus the voltage and frequency.
Example: Class 9999 Type SB11 Form Y118, 120 volts, 60 Hz.
(2) Fuses not included.

NEMA Style Controls
References
Compression lugs
Terminal block
DF531389
Compression lugs
DF531390
Class 8903
with compression
lugs installed
A Class 9999 Type AL hardware kit is required to install Versa-Crimp compression lugs on Class 8903 Type S, 100 to 800 A
lighting contactors. The lugs are suitable for both copper and aluminum wire.
One VCEL lug is required for each line or load terminal. Each Class 9999 Type AL hardware kit includes mounting hardware for
3 terminals, line or load side.
Example: to install compression lugs on a 300 A 3-pole device, line and load sides, order 6 x VCEL-060-12H1 lugs and 2 x
Class 9999 Type AL 11 hardware kits.
For use with
Versa-Crimp
Material
Wire
Number Reference
Weight
of poles
kg (lb)
range
Class
Type
Current rating catalogue number
(min.-max.)
8903
SQ
100 A
VCEL-021-14S1
Al/Cu
81/0
(1)
SV
200 A
VCEL-022-516H1
Al/Cu
12/0
2 poles 9999 AL 13
3 poles 9999 AL 14
4 poles 9999 AL 15
VCEL-024-516H1
Al/Cu
2/04/0
2 poles 9999 AL 13
3 poles 9999 AL 14
4 poles 9999 AL 15
VCEL-030-516H1
MCM Al/Cu 4300
2 poles 9999 AL 13
3 poles 9999 AL 14
4 poles 9999 AL 15
SX
300 A
VCEL-050-12H1
MCM Al/Cu 2/0500
9999 AL 11
VCEL-060-12H1
MCM Al
400600
9999 AL 11
MCM Cu 400500
9999 AL 11
VCEL-075-12H1
MCM Al
500750
9999 AL 11
MCM Cu 500
9999 AL 11
SY, SZ
400, 600 A
VCEL-060-12H2 (2) MCM Al
400600
9999 AL 12
MCM Cu 400500
9999 AL 12
VCEL-075-12H2 (2) MCM Al

500750
9999 AL 12
MCM Cu 500
9999 AL 12
SJ
800 A
(3)
Terminal block
9999 T7
The terminal block provides easy wiring of a "Hand-Off-Auto" selector switch or "Start-Stop" push buttons with separate control.
The terminal block requires no panel space. It simply snaps onto Type S, Sizes 004 contactors and starters by two tabs and is
secured to the left-hand coil terminal.
For use with
Reference
Weight
kg (lb)
Class
Type
NEMA Size
8502, 8702, 8536, 8736
SA to SF
00 to 4
9999 T7
(1) Not required.

(2) One or two lugs may be mounted on each terminal.
(3) Compression lugs for these devices are available only as a factory modification. Order: suffix Y1574. Specify the wire size, up
to 750 MCM Al or 500 MCM Cu, and the number of terminals.
7/21
8/0
Contents
8 - Services
Schneider Electric worldwide

b Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8/2
8/1
Up-dated: 30-07-2003
Afghanistan
Contacts are assured by
Schneider Electric India
Albania
Schneider Electric Austria
Algeria
b Schneider Electric
voie A Lot C22

Zone industrielle Rouiba - Alger
Andorra
Schneider Electric France
Angola
Schneider Electric South Africa
Anguilla
Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.
Antartica
Schneider Electric Brazil
Antigua & Barbuda
Argentina
b Schneider Argentina
Viamonte 2850 - 1678 Caseros

(provincia Buenos Aires)
Armenia
Schneider Electric Russian Fed.
Aruba
Australia
b Schneider Electric (Australia) Pty. 2 Solent Circuit

Limited
Norwest Business Park

Baulkham Hill _ NSW 2153
Tel. : +213 21 92 97 02 09
Fax : +213 21 92 97 00 01
Tel.: +54 1 716 88 88

Fax: +54 1 716 88 33
www.schneider-electric.com.ar
Tel.: +61 298 51 28 00

Fax: +61 296 29 83 40
www.schneider.com.au
Tel.: +431 610 540

Fax: +431 610 54 54
www.schneider-electric.at
www.squared.com
Austria
b Schneider Austria Ges.m.b.H.
Azerbaijan
Bahamas
Union Village
PO Box 3901 - Nassau
Tel. : +1 242 327 42 91

Fax : +1 242 327 42 91
Bahrain
Floor 1 - Juma Building

Abu Horaira Avenue
PO Box 355 - 304 Manama
Tel.: +97 322 7897

Fax: +97 321 8313
Bangladesh
Barbados
Belarus
b Schneider Electric Industries SA
Prospect Macherova 5, of. 202

220004 Minsk
Tel. : +375 172 23 75 50

Fax : +375 172 23 97 61
Belgium
b Schneider Electric nv/sa
Dieweg 3
B - 1180 Brussels
Tel.: +3223737711
Fax: +3223753858
www.schneider-electric.be
Belize
Schneider Electric USA
Benin
Schneider Electric Ivory Coast
Bermuda
Bhutan
Bolivia
Schneider Electric Chile
Bosnia and Herzegovina
Schneider Electric Croatia
Botswana
Bouvet island
Brazil
b Schneider Electric Brazil Ltda.
Avenida Das Naes Unidas 23223

Jurubatuba - CEP 04795-907
So Paulo-SP
Tel.: +55 55 24 52 33
Fax: +55 55 22 51 34
www.schneider-electric.com.br
Brunei (Darussalam)
Schneider Electric Singapore
Bulgaria
Expo 2000, Boulevard Vaptzarov

1407 Sofiav
Tel.: +3592 919 42

Fax: +3592 962 44 39
www.schneiderelectric.bg
Burkina Faso
Burundi
Schneider Electric Kenya
Cambodia
Schneider Electric Viet Nam
Cameroon
b Schneider Electric Cameroon
166, rue de l'Htel de Ville

BP12087 - Douala
Tel.: +237 343 38 84

Fax: +237 343 11 94
Canada
b Schneider Canada
19, Waterman Avenue

M4 B1Y2 Toronto - Ontario
Tel.: +1 416 752 8020

Fax: +1 416 752 4203
Cape Verde
Schneider Electric Senegal
Caribee
Cayman islands
Central African Republic
Schneider Electric Cameroon
Chad
Chile
b Schneider Electric Chile S.A.
Avda. Pdte Ed. Frei Montalva, 6001-31 Tel.: +56 2 444 3000
Conchali - Santiago
Fax: +56 2 423 9335
www.schneider-electric.co.cl
China
b Schneider Beijing
Landmark bldg-Room 1801

8 North Dong Sanhuan Rd
Chaoyang District
100004 Beijing
www.schneider-electric.com.cn
8/2
Birostrasse 11
1239 Wien
Tel.: +86 10 65 90 69 07
Fax: +86 10 65 90 00 13
www.schneider-electric.ca
Up-dated: 30-07-2003
Christmas island
Cocos (Keeling) islands
Schneider Electric Australia
Colombia
b Schneider Electric de Colombia
Calle 45A #102-48

Bogota DC
S.A.
Tel.: +57 1 426 97 00

Fax: +57 1 426 97 40
Comoros
Schneider Electric la Reunion
Congo
Cook islands
Costa Rica
b Schneider Centroamrica Ltda.
1.5 kmts oeste de la Embajada

Americana,
Pavas, San Jos, Costa Rica C.A.
Apartado: 4123-1000 San Jose
Tel.: +506 232-60-55

Fax: +506 232-04-26
Croatia
b Schneider Electric SA
Fallerovo Setaliste 22
HR - 10000 Zagreb
Tel.: +385 1 367 100

Fax: +385 1 367 111
Cuba
Bureau de Liaison de La Havane

Calle 36- N306-Apto1
Entre 3ra y 5ta Avenida Miramar
Playa Habana
Tel.: +53 724 15 59

Fax: +53 724 12 17
Cyprus
b Schneider Electric Cyprus
28 General Timayia Avenue

Kyriakos Building, Block #A301
Larnaca 6046
Tel.: +00357 248 12646

Fax: +00357 246 37382
Czech Republic
b Schneider Electric CZ, s.r.o.
Thmova 13
Praha 8 - 186 00
Tel.: +420 2 810 88 111

Fax: +420 2 24 81 08 49
www.schneider-electric.cz
Democratic Rep. of Congo
Denmark
b Schneider Electric A/S
Baltorpbakken 14
DK-2750 Ballerup
Tel.: +45 44 73 78 88
Fax: +45 44 68 5255
www.schneider-electric.dk
Djibouti
Schneider Electric Egypt
Dominican Republic
Calle Jacinto Manon

Esq. Federico Geraldino
Edificio D' Roca Plaza Suite 402,
Ens. Paraiso - Santo Domingo
Ecuador
b Schneider Electric Ecuador SA
Av.Republica del Salvador 1082 y Nac Tel. : +593 2 224 42 42

Edificio Mansion Blanca-Quito
Fax : +593 2 224 42 94
Egypt
b Schneider Electric Egypt sae
68, El Tayaran Street

Nasr City, 11371 - Cairo
El Salvador
Schneider Electric USA
Equatorial Guinea
Eritrea
Estonia
b Lexel Electric
Ehitajate tee 110

EE 12618 Talinn
Ethiopia
Falkland islands
Schneider Electric Brazil
Faroe islands
Fiji
Finland
b Schneider Electric Oy
Sinimentie 14
02630 Espoo
Tel. : +358 9 527 000

Fax : +358 9 5270 0376
www.schneider-electric.fi
France
b Schneider Electric SA
5, rue Nadar
92500 Rueil Malmaison
Tel.: +33 (0)1 41 29 82 00

Fax: +33 (0)1 47 51 80 20
www.schneider-electric.fr
French Polynesia
French West Indies
Gabon
Gambia
Georgia
Germany
b Schneider Electric GmbH
Gothaer Strae 29
D-40880 Ratingen
Tel.: +49210 240 40

Fax: +492 10 240 49 256
www.schneiderelectric.de
Ghana
b Schneider Electric Ghana
PMB Kia
3rd Floor Opeibea House
Airport Commercial Center
Liberation road - Accra
Tel. : +233 21 70 11 687

Fax : +233 21 77 96 22
Gilbraltar
Schneider Electric Spain
Greece
b Schneider Electric AE
14th km - RN Athens-Lamia
GR - 14564 Kifissia
Greenland
Schneider Electric United States
Grenada
Guadeloupe
Schneider Electric Martinique
Guam
www.schneider-ca.com
Tel.: +1 809 334 66 63

Fax: +1 809 334 66 68
Tel.: +20 24 01 01 19
Fax: +20 24 01 66 87
www.schneider.com.eg
Tel. : +372 650 97 00

Fax : +372 650 97 22
Tel.: +302 106 29 52 00

Fax: +302 106 29 52 10
www.schneider-electric.com.gr
8/3
Up-dated: 30-07-2003
Guatemala
Guinea-Bissau
Schneider Electric Sngal
Guinea
Guyana
Haiti
Heard & Mac Donald isl.
Honduras
Hong Kong
b Schneider Electric (Hong Kong)
Room 3108-28, 31th Floor,

Sun Hung Kai Centre,
30 Harbour Road, Wanchai
Tel.: +852 25 65 06 21
Fax: +852 28 11 10 29
Fehrvri t 108 112

H-1116 Budapest
Tel.: +36 1 382 26-06

Fax: +36 1 206 1429
www.schneider-electric.hu
Ltd
Hungary
b Schneider Electric Hungria

Villamossgi Rt.
Iceland
Schneider Electric Denmark
India
b Schneider Electric India
Max House, 1 Dr Jha Marg, Okhla

110 020 New Dehli
Tel. : +91 11 631 85 84

Tel. : +91 11 631 71 61
www.schneiderelectric-in.com
Indonesia
b P.T. Schneider Indonesia
Ventura Building 7th Floor

Jalan R.A. Kartini Kav.26
Cilandak - 12430 Jakarta
Tel.: +62 +21 750 44 06

Fax: +62 +21 750 44 15/ 16
www.schneider-electric.co.id
Iran (Islamic Republic of)
b Telemecanique Iran
1047 Avenue VALI ASSR

P.O. Box 15875-3547
15116 Teheran
Tel.: +98 218 71 01 42

Fax: +98 218 71 81 87
Irak
38050 Grenoble Cedex 9
Tel.: +33 04 76 60 54 27
Fax: +33 04 76 60 56 60
Ireland
b Schneider Electric Ireland
Maynooth Road
Cellbridge - Co. Kildare
Tel.: +353+0 1 6012200

Fax: +353+0 1 6012201
www.schneiderelectric.ie
Italy
b Schneider Electric S.p.A.
Centro Direzionale Colleoni

Palazzo Sirio - Viale Colleoni, 7
20041 Agrate Brianza (Mi)
Tel.: +39 39 655 8111

Fax: +39 39 605 6237
www.schneiderelectric.it
Ivory Coast
b Schneider Electric Afrique de
Rue Pierre et Marie Curie

18 BP 2027 Abidjan 18
Tel.: +225 21 75 00 10
Fax: +225 21 75 00 30
l'Ouest
Jamaica
Shop#5, Plaza Dunrobin

30 Dunrobin Avenue - Kingstown
Tel. : +1876 755 41 27

Tel. : +931 87 74
Japan
b Schneider Electric Japan Ltd
Torigoe F. Bldg
1-8-2, Torigoe
Taito-Ku - 111-0054 Tokyo
Tel.: +81 358 35 35 81

Fax: +81 358 35 35 85
Jordan
b Schneider Electric Industr. Jordan Jordan University Street

Abu Al Haj Commercial Complex
2nd Floor - Office # 202 - Amman
Kazakstan
b Schneider Electric Kazakhstan

Liaison Office
Tel.: 962 65 16 78 87
Fax: 962 65 16 79 1
Prospekt Abaia 157 off 9

480009 Almaty
Tel. : +7 327 250 93 88

Tel. : +7 327 250 63 70
Tel. : +254 2.824.156
Fax : +254 2.824.157
Kenya
b Schneider East Africa
Power Technics Complex

Monbasa Road - PO Box 46345
Nairobi
Kiribati
Korea
b Schneider Electric Korea Ltd
3Floor, Cheil Bldg., 94-46, 7-Ka

Youngdeungpodong,
Youngdeungpo-ku
150-037 Seoul
Tel. : +82 2 2630 9700

Fax : +82 2 2630 9800
Kuwait
b Schneider Electric Kuwait
Al Gaas Tower - Sharq 2nd Floor

PO Box 20092 - 13 061 Safat
Tel.: +965 240 75 46

Fax: +965 240 75 06
Kyrgyz Republic
Laos
Schneider Electric Thailand
Latvia
b Lexel Electric
60A A.Deglava str.

LV1035 Riga
Tel. : +371 780 23 74/75

Fax : +371 754 62 80
Lebanon
b Schneider Electric Liban
Tabaris, Avenue Charles Malek

Immeuble Ashada, 8
P.O. Box 166223 - Beyrouth
Tel. : +961 1 20 46 20
Tel. : +961 1 20 31 19
Lesotho
Liberia
Schneider Electric Ghana
Libya
Schneider Electric Tunisia
Liechtenstein
Schneider Electric Switzerland
Lithuania
b Lexel Electric
44, Verkiu str.

LT-2012 Vilnius
Loro Sae
Luxembourg
b Schneider Electric Industrie SAS Agence de Metz

1, Rue Graham Bell - BP n 35190
57075 Metz cedex 3 - France
Macau
8/4
Schneider Electric China
www.schneider-electric.co.jp
www.csinfo.co.kr/schneider/
Tel. : +370 278 59 59/61

Fax : +370 278 59 60
Tel.: 33 03 87 39 06 03
Fax: 33 03 87 74 25 96
www.schneider-electric.fr
Up-dated: 30-07-2003
Macedonia
Schneider Electric Bulgaria
Madagascar
Schneider Electric la Reunion
Malawi
Malaysia
b Schneider Electric (Malaysia) Sdn No.11 Jalan U1/19, Seksyen U1

Bhd
Hicom-Glenmarie Industrial Park

40150 Shah Alam
Selangor Darul Ehsan
Maldives
Schneider Electric Reunion
Mali
Malta
Schneider Electric Tunisia
Marshall islands
Martinique
Schneider Electric
Immeuble Cottrell - ZI de la Lzarde
97232 Le Lamentin
Mauritania
Mauritius
Route ctire
Calodyne - Mauritius
Mayotte
Mexico
b Groupe Schneider Mexico
Calz. Rojo Gomez N 1121-A

Col. Guadalupe del Moral
Mxico, D.F. - C.P. 09300
Micronesia
Moldova
Schneider Electric Romania
Monaco
Schneider Electric France
Mongolia
Montserrat
Morocco
b Schneider Electric Morocco
26, rue Ibnou Khalikane

Quartier Palmiers
20100 Casablanca
Mozambique
Myanmar
Schneider Electric Singapore
Namibia
Nauru
Nepal
Netherlands
b Schneider Electric BV
Waarderweg 40 - Postbus 836

2003 RV Haarlem
Netherlands Antilles
New Caledonia
New Zealand
b Schneider Electric (NZ) Ltd
14 Charann Place Avondale

P.O. Box 15355 - New Lynn
Auckland
Nicaragua
Niger
Nigeria
b Schneider Electric Nigeria Limited Biro plaza - 8th Floor - Plot 634
Abeyemo Alakija Street
Victoria Islan - Lagos
Tel. : (603) 7883 6333

Fax : (603) 7883 6188
www.schneiderelectric.com.my
Tel.: +05 96 51 06 00
Fax: +05 96 51 11 26
Tel.: 230 282 18 83

Fax: 230 282 18 84
Tel.: +525 686 30 00

Fax: +525 686 24 09
www.schneiderelectric.com.mx
Tel.: +212 299 08 48 to 57

Fax: +212 299 08 67 and 69
www.schneider.co.ma
Tel.: +31 23 512 4124

Fax: +31 23 512 4100
www.schneider-electric.nl
Tel. : +64 9 829 04 90

Fax : +64 9 829 04 91
www.schneider-electric.co.nz
Tel. : +234 1 2702973

Fax : +234 1 2702976
Niue
Norfolk island
North Korea
Schneider Electric China
Northern Mariana islands
Norway
b Schneider Electric Norge A/S
Solgaard Skog 2
Postboks 128 - 1501 Moss
Tel.: +47 6924 9700

Fax: +47 6925 7871
Oman
b Schneider Electric CA
c/o Arab Development Co

PO Box 439 - 113 Muscat
Tel.: +968 77 163 64

Fax: +968 77 104 49
Pakistan
b Schneider Electric Pakistan
43-L, 2nd floor, M.M. Alam Road,

Gulberg II - Lahore
Tel.: +92 42 5754471 73

Fax: +92 42 5754474
Palau
Panama
Papua New Guinea
Paraguay
Schneider Electric Uruguay
Peru
b Schneider Electric Peru S.A.
Los Telares n231 Urb. Vulcano, Ate

Lima 03
Tel.: +511 348 44 11

Fax: +511 348 05 23
www.schneider-electric.no
www.schneider-electric.com.pe
8/5
Up-dated: 30-07-2003
Philippines
b Schneider Electric Philippines, Inc 5th Floor, ALCO Building

391 Sen, Gil Puyat Avenue
Makati 1209
Pitcairn
Poland
b Schneider Electric Polska Sp.zo.o. ul. Lubinowa 4a
Tel. : +632 896 6063

Fax : +632 896 7229

03-878 - Warszawa
Tel.: +48 22 511 8 200

Fax: +48 22 511 8 210
www.schneider-electric.pl
Tel.: +351 21 416 5800

Fax: +351 21 416 5857
www.schneiderelectric.pt
Portugal
b Schneider Electric Portugal
Av.do Forte, 3
Edificio Sucia II, Piso 3-A
CP 2028 Carnaxide
2795 Linda-A-Velha
Puerto Rico
Qatar
b Schneider Electric Qatar Branch
c/o Khalifa BinFahred Al Thani

Trad.and Co - P.O. Box 4484
Doha
Tel.: +97 4424358

Fax: +97 4424358
Reunion
Immeuble Futura,
190, rue des 2 canons
BP 646 - 97497 Sainte Clothilde
Tel.: +262 28 14 28
Fax: +262 28 39 37
Romania
Bd Ficusului n42
Apimondia, Corp.A, et.1, Sector 1
Bucuresti
Tel.: +401 203 06 50

Fax: +401 232 15 98
www.schneider-electric.ro
Russian Federation
b Schneider Electric ZAO
Enisseyskaya 37
129 281 Moscow
Tel.: +7095 797 40 00

Fax: +7095 797 40 03
www.schneider-electric.ru
Rwanda
Samoa
San Marino
Schneider Electric Italy
Sandwich & Georgia island
Sao Tome & Principe
Saudi Arabia
Second Industrial City

P.O. Box 89249 - 11682 Riyadh
Tel.: +966 1 265 1515

Fax: +966 1 265 1860
Senegal
b Schneider Electric Sngal
BP 15952 - Dakar-Fann
Rond point N'Gor - Dakar
Tel.: +221 820 68 05

Fax: +221 820 58 50
Seychelles
Sierra Leone
Schneider Electric Ghana
Singapore
b Schneider Electric Singapore Pte 10 Ang Mo Kio Street 65

Ltd
Slovak Republic
b Schneider Electric Slovakia spol

s.r.o.
Tel.: +65 484 78 77

Fax: +65 484 78 00
www.schneider-electric.com.sg
Borekova 10
SK-821 06 Bratislava
Tel. : +02 45 52 40 10 and 40 30

Fax : +02 45 52 40 00
www.schneider-electric.sk
Tel. : +386 1 23 63 555

Fax : +386 1 23 63 559
www.schneider-electric.si
#02-17/20 TechPoint
Singapore 569059
Slovenia
b Schneider Electric, d.o.o.
Dunasjka 47
1000 Ljubljana
Solomon islands
Somalia
South Africa
b Schneider Electric South Africa
Private Bag X139

Halfway House
1685 - Midrand.
Tel.: +27 11 254 6400

Fax: +27 11 315 8830
www.schneider-electric.co.za
(PTY) Ltd
Spain
b Schneider Electric Espaa, S.A.
Pl. Dr. Letamendi, 5-7

08007 Barcelona
Tel.: +34 93 484 3100

Fax: +34 93 484 3308
www.schneiderelectric.es
Sri Lanka
Liaison office SRI Lanka

Level 3B Valiant towers
46/7 Nawam Mawatha-Colombo 2
Tel. : +94 77 48 54 89
www.schneiderelectric-in.com
St Helena
St Kitts & Nevis
St Lucia
St Pierre et Miquelon
St Vincent & Grenadines
Sudan
Suriname
Svalbard & Jan Mayen isl.
Schneider Electric Denmark
Swaziland
Sweden
b Schneider Electric AB
Djupdalsvgen 17/19
19129 Sollentuna
Tel.: +46 8 623 84 00

Fax: +46 8 623 84 85
www.schneider-electric.se
Switzerland
b Schneider Electric (Switzerland)
Schermenwaldstrasse 11
CH - 3063 Ittigen
Tel.: +41 31 917 3333

Fax: +41 31 917 3355
www.schneider-electric.ch
Elba Street - Malki

Gheibeh and Qassas bldg, 1st floor
PO Box 33876-Damascus
Tel. : +963 11 37 49 88 00
Fax : +963 11 37 17 55 9
S.A.
Syrian Arab Republic
8/6
b Schneider Electric Syria
Up-dated: 30-07-2003
Taiwan, Republic of China
b Schneider Electric Taiwan Co Ltd 2FI., N37, Ji-Hu Road, Nei-Hu Dist., Tel. : +886 2 8751 6388
Taipei 114
Tajikistan
Tanzania, United Rep. of
Thailand
b Schneider (Thailand) Ltd
20th Floor Richmond Building

75 Sukhumvit 26 Road, Klongtoey
Bangkok 10110
Togo
Tokelau
Tonga
Trinidad & Tobago
6, 1st Street West Ext.

Beaulieu Avenue
Trincity Trinidad West Indies
Tel.: 1868 640 42 04

Fax: 1868 640 42 04
Tunisia
b Schneider Electric Tunisia
Rue du Lac Oubeira

1053 Les Berges du Lac - Tunis
Tel.: +216 71 960 477

Fax: +216 71 960 342
Turkey
b Schneider Elektrik Sanayi Ve
Ttnc Mehmet Efendi Cad. N:110 Tel.: +90 21 63 86 95 70

Kat 1-2 - 81080 Gztepe Istanbul Fax: +90 21 63 86 38 75
Ticaret A.S.
Turkmenistan
b Schneider Electric Turkmenistan

Liaison Office
rue Neitralny Turkmenistan 28,

off.326/327
74 000 Achgabad
www.schneider-electric.com.tw
Fax : +886 2 8751 6389
Tel.: +662 204 9888

Fax: +662 204 9816
www.schneider-electric.co.th
www.schneiderelectric.com.tr
Tel. : +993 12 46 29 52
Fax : +993 12 46 29 52
Turks & Caicos islands
Tuvalu
Uganda
Ukraine
Rue Krechtchalik 2
252601 Kiev
Tel.: +380 44 462 04 25

Fax: +380 44 462 04 24
United Arab Emirates
b Schneider Electric Abu Dhabi
PO Box 29580
Office Floor 2/Lulu Street
Al Marina Plaza Tower
Abu Dhabi
Tel.: +9712 6 339444

Fax: +9712 6 316606
United Kingdom
b Schneider Electric Ltd
Braywick House East

Windsor Road - Maidenhead
Berkshire SL6 1 DN
Tel.: +44 (0)1 628 508 500

Fax: +44 (0)1 628 508 508
www.schneider.co.uk
United States
North American Division

1415 Roselle Road
Palatine - IL 60067
Tel.: +1 847 397 2600

Fax: +1 847 925 7500
www.squared.com
Uruguay
b Schneider Electric Uruguay S.A.
Ramon Masini 3190

Montevideo
Tel. : +59 82 707 2392

Fax : +59 82 707 2184
Uzbekistan
Vanuatu
Vatican city St./Holy See
Venezuela
b Schneider Mg SD TE, S.A
Calle 162/ Piso 2

Edificio Centro Cynamid
La Urbina, 1070 - 75319 Caracas
Tel.: +58 2 241 13 44

Fax: +58 2 243 60 09
Viet Nam
b R.R.O. of Schneider Electric
Unit 2.9, 2nd Floor, e-Town Building

364 Cong Hoa Street
Tan Binh District - Ho Chi Minh City
Tel.: +84 8 8103 103

Fax: +84 8 8120 477
Industries S.A.S. in Viet Nam
Virgin islands
Wallis & Futuna islands
Western Sahara
Schneider Electric Morocco
Yemen
Schneider Electric U.A.E.
Yugoslavia
b Schneider Electric Jugoslavija
Ratarski put 27d

11186 Belgrade
Tel.: +381 11 192 414

Fax: +381 11 107 125
d.o.o.
Zambia
b Schneider Zambia
Zambia Office
c/o Matipi Craft Center Building
Plot 1036 - Accra Road
PO Box 22792 - Kitwe
Tel.: +260 222 22 52

Fax: +260 222 83 89
Zimbabwe
Zimbabwe Liaison Office

75A Second Street
(corner Livingstone Avenue)
Harare
Tel.: +263 4 707 179/180

Fax: +263 4 707 176
www.schneider-electric.com.ua
www.schneider-electric.com.ve
8/7
Headquaters
89, bd Franklin Roosevelt
92506 Rueil Malmaison Cedex
France
Due to the evolving nature regarding both the standards and

equipment, we can only be held responsible for any technical
information detailed in this catalogue, either in text or graphic
form, following confirmation by our services.
8502CT0401R10/05 January 2006
Schneider Electric Industries SAS
Photos : Schneider Electric Industries

http://www.schneider-electric.com
20042006 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

8502CT0401 - Motor Contactor and Starters

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

8502CT0401 - Motor Contactor and Starters

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

8502CT0401 - Motor Contactor and Starters

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Catalog

Heavy industrial power

Heavy Industrial Power Applications

1 Contactors and Starters, Type S, NEMA Style

2 Combination Starters, Type S, NEMA Style

3 Solid-State Overload Relays

4 Definite Purpose Contactors

6 Manual Starters and Switches

1 - Heavy Industrial Contactors and

Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/2

Contactors and Starters

Type S NEMA Contactors and Starters

8502 8502 8502

8502 8502 8502

8502 8502 8502

8502 8502 8502

8702 8702 8702

8702 8702 8702

8702 8702 8702

8702 8702 8702

8536 8536 8536

8536 8536 8536

8536 8536 8536

8536 8536 8536

8736 8736 8736

8736 8736 8736

8736 8736 8736

8736 8736 8736

Type S NEMA Contactors and Starters

8502 8502 8502

8502 8502 8502

8502 8502 8502

8502 8502 8502

8502 8502 8502

8702 8702 8702

8702 8702 8702

8702 8702 8702

8702 8702 8702

8702 8702 8702

8536 8536 8536

8536 8536 8536

8536 8536 8536

8536 8536 8536

8536 8536 8536

8736 8736 8736

8736 8736 8736

8736 8736 8736

8736 8736 8736

8736 8736 8736

Contactors and Starters

Full-voltage reversing contactors

Full-voltage reversing starters

Contactors and Starters

8502, 8536, 8702, 8736

a.c. control circuit characteristics

8502, 8536, 8702, 8736

Power circuit connections (connection via lug)

Solid or stranded copper

Screw clamp terminal

Control circuit connections (connection via lug)